Autodesk Auto CAD Architecture 2008 Instruction Manual Ug0
User Manual: autodesk AutoCAD Architecture - 2008 - Instruction Manual Free User Guide for Autodesk AutoCAD Software, Manual
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 2268
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
AutoCAD Architecture 2008 User's Guide 2007 Copyright© 2007 Autodesk, Inc. All Rights Reserved This publication, or parts thereof, may not be reproduced in any form, by any method, for any purpose. AUTODESK, INC., MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE REGARDING THESE MATERIALS, AND MAKES SUCH MATERIALS AVAILABLE SOLELY ON AN "AS-IS" BASIS. IN NO EVENT SHALL AUTODESK, INC., BE LIABLE TO ANYONE FOR SPECIAL, COLLATERAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF ACQUISITION OR USE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY TO AUTODESK, INC., REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE, IF ANY, OF THE MATERIALS DESCRIBED HEREIN. Autodesk, Inc., reserves the right to revise and improve its products as it sees fit. This publication describes the state of the product at the time of publication, and may not reflect the product at all times in the future. Autodesk Trademarks The following are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., in the USA and other countries: 3DEC (design/logo), 3December, 3December.com, 3ds Max, ActiveShapes, Actrix, ADI, Alias, Alias (swirl design/logo), AliasStudio, Alias|Wavefront (design/logo), ATC, AUGI, AutoCAD, AutoCAD Learning Assistance, AutoCAD LT, AutoCAD Simulator, AutoCAD SQL Extension, AutoCAD SQL Interface, Autodesk, Autodesk Envision, Autodesk Insight, Autodesk Intent, Autodesk Inventor, Autodesk Map, Autodesk MapGuide, Autodesk Streamline, AutoLISP, AutoSnap, AutoSketch, AutoTrack, Backdraft, Built with ObjectARX (logo), Burn, Buzzsaw, CAiCE, Can You Imagine, Character Studio, Cinestream, Civil 3D, Cleaner, Cleaner Central, ClearScale, Colour Warper, Combustion, Communication Specification, Constructware, Content Explorer, Create>what's>Next> (design/logo), Dancing Baby (image), DesignCenter, Design Doctor, Designer's Toolkit, DesignKids, DesignProf, DesignServer, DesignStudio, Design|Studio (design/logo), Design Your World, Design Your World (design/logo), DWF, DWG, DWG (logo), DWG TrueConvert, DWG TrueView, DXF, EditDV, Education by Design, Extending the Design Team, FBX, Filmbox, FMDesktop, GDX Driver, Gmax, Heads-up Design, Heidi, HOOPS, HumanIK, i-drop, iMOUT, Incinerator, IntroDV, Kaydara, Kaydara (design/logo), LocationLogic, Lustre, Maya, Mechanical Desktop, MotionBuilder, ObjectARX, ObjectDBX, Open Reality, PolarSnap, PortfolioWall, Powered with Autodesk Technology, Productstream, ProjectPoint, Reactor, RealDWG, Real-time Roto, Render Queue, Revit, Showcase, SketchBook, StudioTools, Topobase, Toxik, Visual, Visual Bridge, Visual Construction, Visual Drainage, Visual Hydro, Visual Landscape, Visual Roads, Visual Survey, Visual Syllabus, Visual Toolbox, Visual Tugboat, Visual LISP, Voice Reality, Volo, and Wiretap. The following are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk Canada Co. in the USA and/or Canada and other countries: Backburner, Discreet, Fire, Flame, Flint, Frost, Inferno, Multi-Master Editing, River, Smoke, Sparks, Stone, Wire. Third Party Trademarks All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong to their respective holders. Third Party Software Program Credits ACIS Copyright© 1989-2001 Spatial Corp. Portions Copyright© 2002 Autodesk, Inc. Copyright© 1997 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. Flash ® is a registered trademark of Macromedia, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. International CorrectSpell™ Spelling Correction System© 1995 by Lernout & Hauspie Speech Products, N.V. All rights reserved. InstallShield™ 3.0. Copyright© 1997 InstallShield Software Corporation. All rights reserved. PANTONE® Colors displayed in the software application or in the user documentation may not match PANTONE-identified standards. Consult current PANTONE Color Publications for accurate color. PANTONE® and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc.© Pantone, Inc., 2002 Pantone, Inc. is the copyright owner of color data and/or software which are licensed to Autodesk, Inc., to distribute for use only in combination with certain Autodesk software products. PANTONE Color Data and/or Software shall not be copied onto another disk or into memory unless as part of the execution of this Autodesk software product. Portions Copyright© 1991-1996 Arthur D. Applegate. All rights reserved. Portions of this software are based on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. RAL DESIGN© RAL, Sankt Augustin, 2002 RAL CLASSIC© RAL, Sankt Augustin, 2002 Representation of the RAL Colors is done with the approval of RAL Deutsches Institut fr Gtesicherung und Kennzeichnung e.V. (RAL German Institute for Quality Assurance and Certification, re. Assoc.), D-53757 Sankt Augustin. Typefaces from the Bitstream® typeface library copyright 1992. Typefaces from Payne Loving Trust© 1996. All rights reserved. AutoCAD 2006 is produced under a license of data derived from DIC Color Guide® from Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. Copyright © Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. All rights reserved. DIC Color Guide computer color simulations used in this product may not exactly match DIC Color Guide, DIC color Guide Part 2 identified solid color standards. Use current DIC Color Guide Manuals for exact color reference. DIC and DIC Color Guide are registered trademarks of Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. Printed manual and help produced with Idiom WorldServer™. WindowBlinds: DirectSkin™ OCX © Stardock® AnswerWorks 4.0 ©; 1997-2003 WexTech Systems, Inc. Portions of this software © Vantage-Knexys. All rights reserved. The Director General of the Geographic Survey Institute has issued the approval for the coordinates exchange numbered TKY2JGD for Japan Geodetic Datum 2000, also known as technical information No H1-N0.2 of the Geographic Survey Institute, to be installed and used within this software product (Approval No.: 646 issued by GSI, April 8, 2002). Portions of this computer program are copyright © 1995-1999 LizardTech, Inc. All rights reserved. MrSID is protected by U.S. Patent No. 5,710,835. Foreign Patents Pending. Portions of this computer program are Copyright ©; 2000 Earth Resource Mapping, Inc. OSTN97 © Crown Copyright 1997. All rights reserved. OSTN02 © Crown copyright 2002. All rights reserved. OSGM02 © Crown copyright 2002, © Ordnance Survey Ireland, 2002. FME Objects Engine © 2005 SAFE Software. All rights reserved. GOVERNMENT USE Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in FAR 12.212 (Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights) and DFAR 227.7202 (Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software), as applicable. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Contents Part 1 Workflow and User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Chapter 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 New Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 A Quick Start for Transitioning from AutoCAD to AutoCAD Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Default Content Paths for Microsoft Windows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Finding Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Online Help Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 AutoCAD Architecture Design Phases Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Autodesk Training Programs and Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Autodesk Authorized Training Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Autodesk Official Training Courseware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Autodesk Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 e-Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Contacting Autodesk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Sales Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Chapter 2 The Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 The Workspace Concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Menu Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Context Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Properties Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AutoCAD Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing Window Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Navigator Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Workspaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Objects in the Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Similar Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Tool Palettes Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controlling the Appearance of the Tool Palettes Set . . . . Specifying Different Tool Palettes for the Tool Palettes Set . Creating a New Tool Palettes Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Tool Palettes Group . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Tool Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining the Appearance of Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text and Separator Lines to Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 . 22 . 23 . 25 . 26 . 27 . 28 . 28 . 29 . 30 . 30 . 31 . 31 . 31 . 32 . 32 . 33 . 34 . 35 . 36 . 37 . 38 . 38 . 39 . 40 . 40 . 42 Contents | v Working with Tool Palettes from a Central Location . . . . . Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Object with a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Tool Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Tool Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refreshing a Tool Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool from an Object in the Drawing . . . . . . . Copying a Tool from a Tool Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool from the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter . . . . . Creating a Command Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Tools from a Central Location . . . . . . . . . Applying the Properties of a Tool to an Existing Object . . . Re-Importing Styles for a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Properties Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Properties Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Appearance of the Properties Palette . . . . . . . The Design Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Display Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Extended Data Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Editing with Grips and Dynamic Dimensions . . . . . . . Grip Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grip Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the CTRL Key with Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trigger Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dynamic Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grip Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temporary Grip Coordinate Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . In-Place Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In-Place Editing of Polyline-Based Components . . . . . . . In-Place Editing of Profile-Based Objects and Components . In-Place Editing of 3D Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . In-Place Editing of Material Hatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aligning the UCS to an Object Face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Edit in a Section View . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Edit in an Elevation View . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Edit in a Plan View . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Hide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ending the Object Isolation in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . Saving Isolated Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects in External References . . . . . . . . . . . Styles and Support Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integration of AutoCAD Architecture and AutoCAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 . 44 . 45 . 46 . 47 . 48 . 49 . 49 . 49 . 50 . 51 . 52 . 55 . 55 . 56 . 56 . 57 . 57 . 58 . 58 . 59 . 60 . 60 . 61 . 62 . 62 . 63 . 63 . 65 . 66 . 66 . 67 . 67 . 69 . 70 . 71 . 72 . 73 . 73 . 74 . 74 . 75 . 75 . 76 . 76 . 76 . 77 Chapter 3 Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Understanding the Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exploring the Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Items in a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Your Catalog Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool Catalog from Content Drawings . . . . . . Adding Tools from Content Drawings to a Tool Catalog . . Adding an Existing Tool Catalog to Your Catalog Library . Creating a Catalog Install File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 . 81 . 81 . 83 . 83 . 83 . 84 . 86 . 87 . 88 Publishing Tool Catalogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Adding a Website to Your Catalog Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Editing Tool Catalog Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Creating Catalog Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Sorting Catalogs in the Library View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Filtering Catalogs in the Library View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Removing a Tool Catalog or Website Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Opening a Different Catalog Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Renaming a Catalog Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Searching for Items in a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Performing a Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Adding Content to a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Defining Categories in a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Adding a Tool Palette to a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Adding a Tool Package to a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Adding Tools to a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Copying and Moving Tool Palettes and Tool Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Copying and Moving Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Customizing a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Deleting Tool Catalog Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Using Tool Catalog Items in AutoCAD Architecture 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Linked and Unlinked Tool Catalog Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Using a Tool in the AutoCAD Architecture Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Copying a Tool Palette to the AutoCAD Architecture Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Copying a Tool Package to the AutoCAD Architecture Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Refreshing Linked Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Refreshing Linked Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Specifying Refresh Options for Linked Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Working with Multiple Content Browser Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Opening a Tool Catalog in a New Content Browser Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Opening Catalog Items in a New Content Browser Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Dragging Catalog Items Between Content Browser Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Starting the Content Browser from a Windows Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Chapter 4 Creating and Saving Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 About Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Drawing from a Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Drawing Without a Template . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening Legacy Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Drawing Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Drawing Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Layer Standard and a Layer Key Style . . . . Specifying the Default Display Representations . . . . . . Specifying AEC Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Content Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying AEC Object Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Resolution of Objects with Facets . Changing the AEC Project Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . Sharing Drawings with AutoCAD Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparing Methods of Sharing Drawings . . . . . . . . . Generating Proxy Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting a Drawing to AutoCAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting a Drawing to a DXF File . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewport Layer Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 . 108 . 109 . 109 . 109 . 110 . 111 . 113 . 114 . 115 . 115 . 117 . 117 . 118 . 118 . 119 . 119 . 120 . 120 . 122 . 122 Chapter 5 Interoperability with Other Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Importing and Exporting IFC Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Architectural Objects and IFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Contents | vii How Drawing Files Are Exported to IFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How IFC Files Are Imported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing LandXML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schema Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing LandXML Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Layer Keys for LandXML Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Drawing Files to Autodesk MapGuide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Published Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating a MWX File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . An Overview of the Published Data Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . An Overview of the Database Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Data to Autodesk MapGuide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Property Set Data to an MDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Drawings to DWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Property Data to DWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Publishing a DWG File with Property Set Data to DWF . Setting the Publishing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Published Property List (PPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing a DWF File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 . 129 . 130 . 131 . 131 . 133 . 134 . 135 . 136 . 136 . 136 . 137 . 137 . 138 . 139 . 140 . 140 . 141 . 143 . 143 . 144 . 145 Chapter 6 Drawing Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Concepts of Drawing Management . . . . . . . . . . . . Before You Begin: External References Within a Project . Before You Begin: Working in a Network Environment . Process Overview: Working in a Project Environment . . Project Support Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Design Teams Located Remotely . . . . . Opening a Project From a Mapped Drive . . . . . . Setting the Default Project Options . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Sheet Set Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Template from an Existing Sheet Set . . . Creating a Template from Existing Drawings . . . . The Project Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Project Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Project Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting a Project Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining the Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closing a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting a Project . . . . . . . . Deleting a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closing the Project Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing the Project Context . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening a Project from Windows Explorer . . . . . . . . The Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . The Tabs of the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . Using the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Project Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying the Project Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . Displaying the Project Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying a Level with Assigned Constructs . . . . . viii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 . 157 . 158 . 158 . 159 . 160 . 160 . 161 . 162 . 163 . 167 . 170 . 170 . 173 . 174 . 174 . 177 . 186 . 186 . 187 . 187 . 191 . 191 . 192 . 192 . 193 . 193 . 193 . 197 . 202 . 202 . 203 . 204 . 205 . 206 Changing the Properties of a Level . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Levels: Interactions with the Project . . . . Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Divisions: Interactions with the Project . . Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Category in the Project Navigator . . . . . Creating a Category from Windows Explorer . . . . . Specifying the Location of Top-Level Categories . . . Changing the Subcategory of a Project File . . . . . . Deleting a Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Constructs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Start with Constructs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processing Constructs in the Building Project . . . . . The Content of Constructs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Construct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Constructs to Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Legacy Drawing to a Construct . . . . . Opening and Closing a Construct . . . . . . . . . . . Dragging Objects into a Construct . . . . . . . . . . . Referencing Elements into Constructs . . . . . . . . . Displaying External References of a Construct . . . . Changing the Properties of a Construct . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting a Construct . . . . . . . . Deleting a Construct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Construct to an Element . . . . . . . . Changing Constructs: Interactions with the Project . Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Start with Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processing Elements in the Building Project . . . . . . Creating a New Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Legacy Drawing to an Element . . . . . Opening and Closing an Element . . . . . . . . . . . Dragging Objects into an Element . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of an Element . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting an Element . . . . . . . . Deleting an Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Referencing an Element into Another Element . . . . Displaying External References of an Element . . . . . Converting an Element to a Construct . . . . . . . . Changing Elements: Interactions with the Project . . Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Start with Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a General View Drawing . Creating a New General View Drawing . . . . . . . . Displaying External References of a View Drawing . . Opening and Closing a View Drawing . . . . . . . . . Creating a Specialized View Drawing . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of a View Drawing . . . . . . Regenerating a View Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a View Drawing onto a Sheet . . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting a View Drawing . . . . . . Deleting a View Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Model Space View . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Model Space View onto a Sheet . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of a Model Space View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 . 207 . 208 . 208 . 209 . 209 . 210 . 210 . 210 . 212 . 213 . 214 . 215 . 216 . 217 . 218 . 218 . 219 . 219 . 221 . 221 . 224 . 224 . 225 . 227 . 227 . 228 . 229 . 230 . 230 . 231 . 232 . 233 . 233 . 234 . 237 . 237 . 238 . 238 . 239 . 239 . 240 . 241 . 241 . 242 . 245 . 246 . 246 . 249 . 250 . 251 . 252 . 253 . 253 . 254 . 255 . 255 . 257 . 258 Contents | ix Deleting Model Space Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing View Drawing Layers with Sheet View Layers . . . . . Changing Views: Interactions with the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Start with Plotting Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Properties of the Project Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Properties of a Sheet Subset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Sheet Subset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Sheet Subset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Sheets into the Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registering the Current Sheet in the Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening and Closing a Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of a Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Sheet from the Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Sheet from the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Sheet View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening a Sheet View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Numbering Sheet Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Sheet View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying External References of a Sheet Drawing . . . . . . . . . . Inserting a Sheet List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Sheet List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating the Sheet List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refreshing the Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Sheet Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Activating a Sheet Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Sheet Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting Sheets and Sheet Sets . . . . . . . . . . . Archiving a Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Sheet Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Plotting Sheets: Interactions with the Project . . . . . . . Updating (Re-path) the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refreshing the Project View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object Display in External References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the External Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the External Display Configuration with the Object Enabler . Example: Displaying Part of the Model as Background . . . . . . . . Annotating a Building Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating Spaces and Space Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tagging a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Set Data and Schedule Tables in Projects . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Title Block for a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensioning a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Cut Planes in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Global Cut Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object-Specific Cut Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running Drawing Management from the Command Line . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Opening the Project Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Opening the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Refreshing the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Regenerating Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Selecting a New Project Environment . . . . . . . . Command Line: Closing the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequently Asked Questions about Drawing Management . . . . . . . . . Appendix 1: Template Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Levels and Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project File Naming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 . 259 . 262 . 262 . 265 . 265 . 267 . 268 . 268 . 269 . 270 . 271 . 271 . 272 . 272 . 273 . 273 . 274 . 274 . 274 . 275 . 275 . 277 . 277 . 277 . 278 . 278 . 278 . 279 . 282 . 286 . 292 . 292 . 294 . 294 . 295 . 295 . 296 . 297 . 297 . 297 . 298 . 305 . 307 . 308 . 310 . 315 . 317 . 317 . 317 . 317 . 318 . 318 . 318 . 318 . 320 . 321 . 322 . 323 Understanding Constructs Included in the Commercial Template Project . . . . Understanding the Element File Included in the Commercial Template Project . Understanding Views Included in the Template Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Sheets Included in the Template Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 . 327 . 327 . 328 . 328 Chapter 7 Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Project Standards Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Standards Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AutoCAD Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Using Standards in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prerequisites for Working with Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up Standards in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Project with Predefined Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up Standard Tools in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool Catalog for a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Project Catalog to a Content Browser Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Project Library and Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying the Project Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building the Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying the Project Tool Palettes to the Tool Palette File Location . . . . . . . . . . Adding the Project Profile to the Tool Palette File Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Standards to a Project Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Standard Styles from Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Standard Styles from Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Standard Display Settings from Display Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project with the Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronization Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project with AEC Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronization Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project Drawing with AEC Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing Selected Styles and Display Settings with AEC Standards . . . . . . . Generating a Synchronization Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project with AutoCAD Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project Drawing with AutoCAD Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auditing a Project or a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Showing Display Overrides in Project Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Project Drawings Outside the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Project Standards Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Updating AEC Standards in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Versioning Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change Types in Project Standards Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Standard Objects in a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Standard Objects in a Project Standards Drawing from a Project Drawing . Adding Standard Objects from a Project Drawing to a Project Standards Drawing . . Editing the Version History of a Standard Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Versioning a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging the Version History from a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging the Version Information from a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing Project Standards with Each Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Project Standards Drawings Outside the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scripting Project Standards Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 . 333 . 333 . 334 . 334 . 335 . 335 . 335 . 336 . 336 . 336 . 337 . 345 . 347 . 350 . 351 . 353 . 354 . 355 . 355 . 355 . 356 . 356 . 357 . 358 . 358 . 360 . 361 . 363 . 363 . 364 . 368 . 368 . 369 . 370 . 371 . 371 . 371 . 373 . 373 . 373 . 375 . 376 . 378 . 379 . 380 . 380 . 381 . 381 . 382 . 382 . 383 Contents | xi Chapter 8 Drawing Compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Working with Drawings for Review . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Working with Drawing Compare . . . Working with the Drawing Compare Setup Tab . . . . . Identifying the Status of Drawings . . . . . . . . . . Matching Drawings Automatically . . . . . . . . . Matching Drawings Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . Un-Matching Review Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . Excluding Drawings from Comparison . . . . . . . Filtering Project Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running a Drawing Compare Session . . . . . . . . Creating a Visual Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resetting Viewed Objects to Pending Review or Viewed . Plotting a Review Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ending Drawing Compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Drawing Compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 . 388 . 388 . 389 . 389 . 391 . 391 . 391 . 392 . 392 . 396 . 396 . 396 . 397 . 397 Chapter 9 Layer Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Layer Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Drawing Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Layer Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . Making a Layer Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer with a Layer Standard . . . . . . . Creating a Nonstandard Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Layer Standard of a Layer . . . . . . . Defining the Properties of a Layer . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Layer Properties in Layout Viewports . . Identifying Viewport Layer Overrides . . . . . . . . Removing Viewport Layer Overrides . . . . . . . . . Working with Layer Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of Layer Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Group Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Property Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer Standards Filter . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Layers to Layer Groups . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of a Layer Group . . . . . . Renaming and Deleting Layer Groups . . . . . . . . Converting a Property Filter to a Group Filter . . . . New Layer Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the Notification for New Layers . . . . . Identifying New Layers in the Drawing . . . . . . . Reconciling New Layers in the Drawing . . . . . . . Working with Layer States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Saved Layer State . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Saved Layer State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring a Layer State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Layer State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Layer States to the Current Drawing . . . Exporting a Layer State from the Current Drawing . Working with Layer Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Layer Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Layer Key Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer Key Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer Key Style from an LY File . . . . . Editing Layer Key Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Layer Key Style . . . Layer Key Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 . 404 . 405 . 405 . 405 . 406 . 407 . 407 . 407 . 408 . 409 . 410 . 411 . 412 . 413 . 413 . 414 . 416 . 417 . 417 . 418 . 418 . 418 . 418 . 419 . 419 . 420 . 420 . 422 . 423 . 424 . 424 . 425 . 425 . 426 . 429 . 429 . 430 . 430 . 432 . 432 Creating and Editing Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Component Fields in Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Component Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Descriptive Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Description Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix: LISP Changes for Layer Snapshots and Layer States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 . 435 . 438 . 438 . 439 . 439 . 440 . 440 . 441 . 441 . 442 Chapter 10 Display System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Introduction to the Display System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Properties Palette to Change Display Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display System Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Display Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Display Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Display Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Display Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Display Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing an Object in a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing the Display Representation of an Object in a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing the Default Display Properties of an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing Display Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for Working with Display Configurations, Sets, and Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Representation for an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Display Representation to a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparing Display Representations Between Display Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Display Set to a View Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Display Configuration to a Viewport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Display Set as a Default Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Default Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Configurations Used in Xref Overlays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display Configuration Used in Xref Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Objects by Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Settings for Live Sections and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Display Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Display Configuration or a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Display Configuration or a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Notes and Reference Files to a Display Configuration or a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . Using Display Settings in Multiple Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging a Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Standard Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing Individual Display Settings with AEC Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excluding Display Settings from Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Standard Display Settings in a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Standard Display Settings in the Project Standards Drawing from a Project Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 . 445 . 450 . 451 . 454 . 455 . 457 . 459 . 459 . 460 . 461 . 462 . 463 . 463 . 464 . 464 . 464 . 465 . 465 . 466 . 466 . 467 . 468 . 469 . 470 . 470 . 470 . 471 . 471 . 472 . 473 . 474 . 474 . 474 . 474 . 475 . 475 . 476 . 477 . 477 . 478 . 478 . 479 . 480 . 480 . 482 Contents | xiii Adding Standard Display Settings from a Project Drawing to a Project Standards Drawing . Editing the Version History of a Standard Display Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging the Version History from a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging the Version Information from a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing Project Standards with Each Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting the Display System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object Not Displayed in a Viewport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewport Not Updating Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Objects Copied from Another Drawing Display Differently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verifying the Existence of Objects Not Displayed in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object Linetype Displayed Incorrectly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 . 484 . 484 . 485 . 485 . 485 . 486 . 486 . 486 . 486 . 487 Chapter 11 Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Getting Started with the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . Sorting Styles in the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Styles in the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Styles Across Multiple Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Drawings and Templates in the Style Manager . Creating a Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying and Assigning a Style to an Object . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool from a Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Styles Between Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sending Styles to Other Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 . 491 . 492 . 493 . 494 . 494 . 496 . 496 . 496 . 497 . 497 . 498 . 498 Chapter 12 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Objects That Support Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with the Material Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Material Tool to Add Materials to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Tool from a Material Definition in Style Manager . . . Copying a Material Tool on a Tool Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Tool from a Render Material in the Content Browser . Applying Material Tool Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Components and Display Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linework Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plan Hatch Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3D Body Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatch Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2D Section/Elevation Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section Hatch Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sectioned Body and Sectioned Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Materials in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Surface Hatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatches on Curved Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatches on Multiple Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatches on Extrusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatches on Free Form Mass Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding the Surface Hatch on Individual Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hiding a Surface Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying a Hidden Surface Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Rotation of a Surface Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Horizontal and Vertical Offset of a Surface Hatch . . . . . . Editing Surface Hatch Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying a List of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying a Material Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating and Assigning Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing Material Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 . 503 . 505 . 505 . 506 . 506 . 507 . 509 . 510 . 510 . 510 . 510 . 511 . 512 . 512 . 512 . 513 . 513 . 514 . 515 . 515 . 517 . 517 . 518 . 518 . 519 . 520 . 520 . 521 . 521 . 522 . 522 Creating a Material Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining the Layer, Color and Linetype of a Material Definition . . . . . Specifying the Plan and Section Hatch Patterns of a Material Definition . Specifying the Surface Hatch Pattern of a Material Definition . . . . . . Assigning Render Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excluding a Material Definition from 2D Section Shrinkwrap . . . . . . Controlling the Display of Hidden Lines by Material . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Material Definitions in a 2D Section/Elevation . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Material Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 . 523 . 524 . 525 . 526 . 528 . 529 . 529 . 530 Chapter 13 Content Creation Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 General Content Standards and Conventions . . . . . . . . . . Content Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . National CAD Standard Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . Content Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Template Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Style Library Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Template Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Catalogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Style-Based Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Architectural Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Documentation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Purpose Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symbol & Tool-Based Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Palette-Based and Miscellaneous Annotation Tool Content . Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532 . 532 . 532 . 535 . 535 . 536 . 537 . 539 . 539 . 540 . 541 . 555 . 559 . 566 . 566 . 569 Conceptual Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 Chapter 14 Creating Conceptual Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 Mass Elements and Mass Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Massing Tools to Create Mass Elements . . . . . . . Editing Mass Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mass Element Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Massing Tools to Create Mass Groups . . . . . . . . Using Materials for Mass Elements and Mass Groups . . . Using the Model Explorer to Create Mass Models . . . . . . . Displaying the Model Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Display Commands in the Model Explorer . . . . . Viewing Objects on a Nonvisible Layer . . . . . . . . . . Maintaining Zoom Percentage and Position of an Object . Using Toolbar Commands in the Model Explorer . . . . . Creating Slice Floorplates from a Conceptual Model . . . . . . Generating a Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Slice Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Objects to a Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Objects from a Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Slice to a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 . 577 . 588 . 607 . 612 . 621 . 623 . 624 . 625 . 626 . 626 . 626 . 630 . 630 . 630 . 631 . 631 . 631 . 631 . 632 Chapter 15 Quick Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 Quick Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 Creating a Quick Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 Chapter 16 Object Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 Object Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 Using the Object Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 Chapter 17 Napkin Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639 Contents | xv Napkin Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640 Creating a Napkin Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641 Editing a Napkin Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642 Part 3 Designing with Architectural Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 Chapter 18 Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645 Overview of Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workflow Overview: Adding Walls to a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Drawing Defaults for Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Wall Tools To Create Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall from Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall from a 3D Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Wall Width while Maintaining the Wall Baseline . . . . . . . . Changing the Wall Width while Maintaining the Opposite Face of the Wall . Changing the Wall Base Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Wall Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Wall Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Offsetting New Walls from Existing Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting the Position of Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Individual Merge Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing All Merged Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joining Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filleting Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chamfering Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trimming Walls at L and T Intersections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing the Direction of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using AutoCAD Commands to Edit Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Roof Line and the Floor Line of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of Individual Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Individual Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Cleanup of Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleanup Circles and Wall Graphlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wall Cleanups and Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guidelines for Successful Wall Cleanup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Different Wall Cleanup Group Definition to Existing Walls . . . . Specifying Cleanup for Individual Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position of the Wall Graphline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding the Wall Cleanup Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Component Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Wall Cleanups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleanup Group Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Objects to Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Window to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding an Opening to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Door to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Door/Window Assembly to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 . 647 . 649 . 650 . 650 . 651 . 653 . 653 . 654 . 656 . 657 . 659 . 660 . 660 . 661 . 662 . 663 . 664 . 665 . 665 . 665 . 666 . 666 . 667 . 668 . 668 . 669 . 669 . 670 . 671 . 672 . 673 . 673 . 674 . 682 . 682 . 686 . 687 . 687 . 689 . 689 . 690 . 690 . 691 . 691 . 692 . 692 . 695 . 697 . 697 . 697 . 698 . 698 Removing Windows, Openings, Doors, or Door/Window Assemblies from a Wall . Anchoring an Object to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Objects from a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Special Conditions and Customized Wall Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Wall Sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Wall Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wall Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Property Set Data to a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Components of a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Wall Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wall Endcap Styles and Opening Endcap Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Working with Wall Endcap Styles and Opening Endcap Styles . Creating Polylines Used in Wall Endcap Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Applying a Wall Endcap Style Directly in the Drawing . . . . . . . . Creating and Applying Wall Endcap Styles from the Style Manager . . . . . . . . Modifying the Geometry of a Wall Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Return Offset of a Wall Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Wall Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall Opening Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying a Wall Opening Endcap Style to a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding a Wall Opening Endcap Style on a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Ortho Close and Close with Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Wall Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Curved Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Offsets for Roof Line and Floor Line Vertices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Width and Edge Offset of a Wall Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699 . 699 . 699 . 699 . 700 . 707 . 716 . 720 . 722 . 722 . 723 . 724 . 732 . 733 . 737 . 737 . 737 . 738 . 738 . 738 . 739 . 740 . 742 . 743 . 744 . 744 . 745 . 745 . 745 . 746 . 746 . 746 . 747 Chapter 19 Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749 Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Curtain Wall Tools To Create Curtain Walls . . . . . . Creating a Straight Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall with User-Specified Settings . . Creating a Curved Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall that References a Curve . . . . Converting a Layout Grid to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall from an Elevation Sketch . . . Converting a Wall to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a 3D Face to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curtain Wall Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Curtain Wall Style . . . . Tips for Working Efficiently with Curtain Wall Styles . . Creating Element Definitions for a Curtain Wall Style . Creating a Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Divisions for Curtain Wall Grids . . . . . . . . Defining Infills for Curtain Wall Cells . . . . . . . . . . Defining Curtain Wall Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Curtain Wall Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to Curtain Wall Elements . . . . Assigning a Division to a Curtain Wall Grid . . . . . . . Assigning Infills to Curtain Wall Cells . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to Curtain Wall Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 . 752 . 753 . 753 . 755 . 756 . 757 . 758 . 759 . 760 . 761 . 762 . 763 . 763 . 764 . 764 . 765 . 773 . 777 . 781 . 785 . 785 . 786 . 793 Contents | xvii Assigning Definitions to Curtain Wall Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display of Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Curtain Wall Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Overrides in Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Infills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Frames and Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Curtain Wall Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Element Definitions for Curtain Wall Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Different Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying the Properties of an Existing Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Curtain Wall Location Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding an Interference Condition to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Removing an Interference Condition from a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . Mitering Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Miter Angle for a Curtain Wall Adjacent to Another Object . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Roof Line and the Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Offsetting or Projecting the Roof Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Offsetting or Projecting the Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Editing the Roof Line or the Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Changing the Roof Line and the Floor Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Gable to the Roof Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Step to the Roof Line or Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . Changing Vertices in the Roof Line or Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . Specifying Gable Settings for a Roof Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Step Settings for a Roof Line or Floor Line . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Vertex Settings for a Roof Line or Floor Line . . . . . . . . . . Editing Objects Anchored in Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Orientation of an Object Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . Changing the Alignment of an Object Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . Changing the Offset of an Object Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . . . . Swapping Two Objects Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing an Object Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Layout Grid to a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Unit with a Custom Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . Curtain Wall Unit Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Element Definitions for a Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Divisions for Curtain Wall Unit Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Infills for Curtain Wall Unit Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Curtain Wall Unit Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Curtain Wall Unit Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Division to a Curtain Wall Unit Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Infills to Curtain Wall Unit Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to Curtain Wall Unit Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to the Mullions of a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display of Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Curtain Wall Unit Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . Attaching Notes and Files to a Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . xviii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795 . 797 . 799 . 802 . 803 . 803 . 804 . 809 . 815 . 818 . 819 . 819 . 820 . 825 . 826 . 826 . 826 . 827 . 827 . 827 . 828 . 828 . 829 . 829 . 830 . 830 . 832 . 834 . 835 . 836 . 837 . 838 . 839 . 840 . 840 . 840 . 840 . 840 . 840 . 841 . 842 . 842 . 843 . 844 . 845 . 846 . 846 . 847 . 853 . 856 . 859 . 863 . 864 . 869 . 871 . 874 . 875 . 879 . 879 Using Overrides in Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Unit Infills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Unit Frames and Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Unit Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Curtain Wall Unit Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Different Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matching the Properties of an Existing Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Miter Angle for a Curtain Wall Unit Adjacent to Another Object . Changing the Location of a Freestanding Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . Modifying the Position of Anchored Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . Facet Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 . 880 . 886 . 891 . 895 . 895 . 895 . 897 . 898 . 898 . 898 . 899 . 899 . 900 . 900 Chapter 20 Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903 Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Door and Window Assembly Tools to Create Door and Window Assemblies . Creating a Door and Window Assembly Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Door and Window Assembly Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Overrides in Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Element Definitions for Door and Window Assembly Styles . . . . . . . Editing Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Objects Anchored in Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904 . 906 . 912 . 913 . 954 . 968 . 969 . 975 Chapter 21 AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977 AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 Using AEC Polygon Tools to Create AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Creating an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Creating an AEC Polygon with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Creating an AEC Polygon from a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981 Creating an AEC Polygon from a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981 Creating an AEC Polygon Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Editing AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Using Grips to Edit AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983 Changing the AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 Merging Two AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 Creating a Hole in an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Creating AEC Polygons from the Intersection of Other AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990 Trimming an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990 Dividing an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991 Adding a Vertex to an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991 Removing a Vertex from an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991 Converting an AEC Polygon to a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 Converting an AEC Polygon to a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 Changing the Rotation of an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 Changing the Elevation of an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Changing the Location of an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 AEC Polygon Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 Creating an AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 Changing the Width and Justification of the AEC Polygon Edges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995 Masking Underlying Objects with AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Specifying the Display Properties of an AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Setting the Colors of the True Color Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998 Attaching Notes and Files to an AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 Adding Classifications to an AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 Rendering the Exact Colors of an AEC Polygon by Defeating Lighting and Shading Effects . . . . . . . . . . 1000 Changing the 3D Graphics System Display Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 Contents | xix Changing the Ambient Light Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 Modifying the Global Rendering Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 Chapter 22 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Door Tools to Create Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Door with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Door in a Door and Window Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Door from Door/Window Assemblies, Openings, and Windows . Creating a Door Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Door Leaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing How Door Width Is Measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Door Swing Angle or Opening Percent . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Vertical Alignment of a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Door Along a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Door Within a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Horizontal Position of a Door . . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Vertical Position of a Door . . . . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Position of a Door Within a Wall . . . . Changing the Orientation of a Door to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Door to a Different Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing a Door from a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Opening Endcap Assigned to a Door . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Freestanding Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . Door Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Dimensions of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Design Rules of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Standard Sizes of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Custom Door Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing the Door Shape in a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Door Display Components and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Door Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Muntins in a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004 . 1005 . 1006 . 1006 . 1007 . 1008 . 1008 . 1010 . 1010 . 1016 . 1016 . 1016 . 1017 . 1018 . 1018 . 1020 . 1021 . 1022 . 1023 . 1023 . 1024 . 1024 . 1024 . 1024 . 1025 . 1025 . 1025 . 1027 . 1027 . 1028 . 1028 . 1029 . 1029 . 1031 . 1033 . 1038 . 1038 . 1038 Chapter 23 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Window Tools to Create Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window in a Door and Window Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window from Doors, Door/Window Assemblies and Openings Creating a Window Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing How Window Width is Measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Window Swing Angle or Opening Percent . . . . . . . Changing the Vertical Alignment of a Window . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Window Along a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Window Within a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Horizontal Position of a Window . . . xx | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058 . 1059 . 1059 . 1060 . 1062 . 1062 . 1062 . 1064 . 1064 . 1070 . 1070 . 1070 . 1071 . 1071 . 1073 . 1074 Using Anchors to Change the Vertical Position of a Window . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Position of a Window Within a Wall . Changing the Orientation of a Window to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Opening Endcap Assigned to a Window . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Freestanding Window . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Window . . . . . . . . . Window Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Dimensions of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Standard Sizes of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Custom Window Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Design Rules of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Window Display Components and Materials . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Materials to a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . Defining a Window Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Muntins in a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1075 . 1076 . 1077 . 1078 . 1078 . 1078 . 1079 . 1079 . 1080 . 1081 . 1081 . 1082 . 1083 . 1084 . 1085 . 1086 . 1086 . 1090 . 1091 . 1091 Chapter 24 Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109 Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Opening Tools to Create Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening from Doors, Door/Window Assemblies and Windows . Creating and Editing Custom Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Profile for a Custom Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening with a Custom Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of a Custom Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape and Dimensions of an Opening . . . . . . . . . . Flipping an Opening along the X or Y Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Endcap Style for an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Horizontal Position of an Opening . . . Using Anchors to Change the Vertical Position of an Opening . . . . . Changing the Position of an Opening Within a Wall . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Orientation of an Opening to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display of Sills for an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to an Opening . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Hatching of an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Custom Blocks to Create Opening Components . . . . . . . . . Adding Components to an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning Off Custom Components in an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Custom Components from an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 . 1110 . 1111 . 1112 . 1113 . 1113 . 1113 . 1113 . 1115 . 1116 . 1118 . 1118 . 1119 . 1119 . 1120 . 1120 . 1120 . 1122 . 1123 . 1124 . 1125 . 1126 . 1126 . 1127 . 1127 . 1127 . 1128 . 1129 . 1129 . 1130 . 1130 Chapter 25 Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying AEC Options for Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . Using Stair Tools to Create Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Straight Stair with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 . 1134 . 1135 . 1135 . 1136 Contents | xxi Creating a Multi-Landing Stair with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . Creating an L-Shaped Stair with 45-Degree Tread . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a U-Shaped Stair with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . Creating a Spiral Stair with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Custom Stair from Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Custom Stair from Tread Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Custom Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Stair Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Width of a Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape of a Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape of a Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Side of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Justification of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Horizontal Direction of a Spiral or U-Shaped Stair . Changing the Constraints of a Spiral Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Outside Edge of a Spiral Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Floor Settings of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Stair Length Automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Length Limits of a Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring a Stair to a Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing Anchored Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Winders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Stair Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stair Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Alignment of a U-Shaped Stair . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Components of a Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Components of a Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . About the Dimensions of Landing Components . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Extension of a Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Stair Component Display by Cut Plane Elevation . . . Changing the Display of an Overlapping Stair . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Individual Stairs . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Stair . . . . . . . . . . Stair Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Stair Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Design Rules of a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Stringers of a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Mitered Corners for Center Stringers . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Components of a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Landing Extension of a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . Assigning Materials to Components in a Stair Style . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Riser Numbering Display of a Stair Style . . . . . . Specifying Classifications for a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Notes and Files to a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stair Winder Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Stair Winder Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Stair Winder Style Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Notes and Files to a Stair Winder Style . . . . . . . . . . . xxii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138 . 1142 . 1144 . 1148 . 1152 . 1154 . 1156 . 1158 . 1159 . 1160 . 1160 . 1173 . 1174 . 1175 . 1176 . 1183 . 1183 . 1183 . 1184 . 1184 . 1185 . 1187 . 1188 . 1189 . 1190 . 1191 . 1192 . 1192 . 1205 . 1210 . 1219 . 1220 . 1220 . 1222 . 1222 . 1223 . 1227 . 1228 . 1228 . 1229 . 1229 . 1233 . 1234 . 1235 . 1235 . 1235 . 1236 . 1238 . 1239 . 1240 . 1241 . 1243 . 1245 . 1246 . 1246 . 1246 . 1246 . 1247 . 1248 Stair Tower Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248 Creating a Stair Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248 Modifying a Stair Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1249 Chapter 26 Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Railing Tools to Create Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Attached Railing with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . Creating a Freestanding Railing with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . Creating a Railing from a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Railing Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Post to a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Post from a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redistributing Posts on a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hiding Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Showing Hidden Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing the Direction of the Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring an Existing Railing to a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring an Existing Railing to an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing an Anchored Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Custom Profile to a Railing Component . . . . . . . . . Editing a Custom Profile of a Railing Component . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Upper Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Bottom Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Railing Extensions at Floor Levels . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Railing Extensions at Landings . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Anchor Properties of a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Perpendicular Railing Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Railing . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Railing . . . . . . . . Railing Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Upper Rails of a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Bottom Rails of a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Posts of a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Components of a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Profile for a Custom Railing Component . . . . . . . . Specifying the Railing Extensions of a Railing Style . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Components of a Railing Style . . . . . . . Specifying Classifications for a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Custom Railing Blocks and Profiles to a Railing Style . . . . . Adding a Custom Block to a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Custom Profile to a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning Off a Custom Block or Custom Profile in a Railing Style . Removing a Custom Block from a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 . 1253 . 1253 . 1254 . 1256 . 1258 . 1258 . 1259 . 1259 . 1260 . 1260 . 1261 . 1261 . 1261 . 1261 . 1261 . 1262 . 1263 . 1263 . 1264 . 1265 . 1266 . 1266 . 1267 . 1268 . 1268 . 1269 . 1270 . 1271 . 1272 . 1272 . 1272 . 1273 . 1274 . 1275 . 1276 . 1277 . 1278 . 1279 . 1280 . 1281 . 1281 . 1282 . 1282 . 1282 . 1285 . 1287 . 1288 Chapter 27 Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Roof Tools to Create Roofs . Creating a Slope Roof . . . . . . . Creating a Gable Roof . . . . . . . Creating Dormers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290 . 1290 . 1291 . 1292 . 1292 Contents | xxiii Creating a Slope Roof with User-Specified Settings . . Creating a Gable Roof with User-Specified Settings . . Creating a Roof from Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Roof from Polylines . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Roof Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Roof . . Changing the Dimensions of a Roof . . . . . . . Changing the Edges and Faces of a Roof . . . . . Converting a Roof to Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Material of a Roof . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Roof . . . Specifying the Hatching of a Roof . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Roof . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 . 1294 . 1294 . 1295 . 1296 . 1296 . 1297 . 1297 . 1297 . 1298 . 1299 . 1299 . 1300 . 1300 . 1301 . 1302 Chapter 28 Slabs and Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Overview of Slabs and Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Tools to Create Slabs and Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or a Roof Slab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab/Roof Slab with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab from Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Roof Slab from a Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab from a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab from a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Slabs and Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Slabs/Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Slab/Roof Slab . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of Slabs or Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Slab and Roof Slab Context Menu Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Clipped Gable Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Dormer in a Roof Slab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slab and Roof Slab Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Components of a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Slab/Roof Slab Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slab and Roof Slab Edge Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Overhang, Edge Cut, and Angle of a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . Creating Profiles for the Fascia and Soffit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controlling Profile Edges and Extrusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Fascia and a Soffit for a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of Fascia and Soffits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Materials to a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning on Materials for a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304 . 1306 . 1307 . 1307 . 1309 . 1310 . 1311 . 1313 . 1314 . 1316 . 1316 . 1329 . 1330 . 1332 . 1347 . 1348 . 1349 . 1350 . 1351 . 1355 . 1357 . 1359 . 1359 . 1360 . 1360 . 1361 . 1362 . 1363 . 1364 . 1365 . 1366 . 1367 . 1368 . 1368 Chapter 29 Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 Process Overview: Creating Structural Members with the Structural Member Catalog or Structural Member Style Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 Creating Structural Member Styles in the Structural Member Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 Opening the Structural Member Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Creating a Style from a Shape in the Structural Member Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 xxiv | Contents Locating a Shape in the Structural Member Catalog from a Structural Member in a Drawing . . . . Opening a Catalog File in the Structural Member Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Structural Member Style with the Structural Member Style Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Structural Member Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Beam Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Brace Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Column Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Structural Member Tools to Create Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Beams with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Brace with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Freestanding Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Freestanding Column with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Grid-Anchored Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Grid-Anchored Columns with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Structural Member from Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips To Edit Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Structural Member Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Structural Member Start and End Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Structural Member Start Point and Endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Structural Member Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Radius of a Curved Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Curved Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Structural Member Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Structural Member Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trimming Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Structural Member Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Body Modifier to a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subtracting a Body Modifier from a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing a Structural Member with a Body Modifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of a Body Modifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring a Body Modifier to a Mass Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Structural Member Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Structural Member Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Structural Member Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Structural Member Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structural Member Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Structural Member Style in the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Structural Member Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Structural Member Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Classifications for a Structural Member Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Structural Member Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Structural Member Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Custom Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding the Design Rules of a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape in the Style of a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Shape to a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Single-Component Structural Member (Tapered Column) . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Multi-Component Structural Member (Composite Column) . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Multi-Component Structural Member Using Multiple Segments (Rigid Frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Custom Shapes for Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1376 . 1376 . 1376 . 1377 . 1378 . 1380 . 1383 . 1385 . 1386 . 1386 . 1392 . 1393 . 1396 . 1396 . 1398 . 1399 . 1402 . 1403 . 1403 . 1407 . 1408 . 1409 . 1410 . 1411 . 1412 . 1412 . 1413 . 1413 . 1419 . 1419 . 1420 . 1420 . 1420 . 1421 . 1422 . 1423 . 1424 . 1424 . 1425 . 1425 . 1426 . 1426 . 1427 . 1427 . 1428 . 1429 . 1435 . 1435 . 1435 . 1436 . 1437 . 1439 . 1439 . 1440 . 1442 . . 1444 . . 1448 Contents | xxv Part 4 Design Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Chapter 30 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Object Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Object Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing Object Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Curve Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Curve Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position of Objects Anchored to Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring Objects to New Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Leader Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Leader Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position of Objects Anchored to Layout Nodes with Leader Anchors . Grip-Editing Leaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extending Leaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Objects to All Layout Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Node Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Node Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position of Objects Anchored to Layout Nodes with Node Anchors . . Anchoring Objects to Different Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Objects to All Layout Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Cell Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Cell Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position and Size of Objects Anchored to Layout Cells . . . . . . . . . Anchoring Objects to a Different Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Objects to All Layout Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Volume Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Volume Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position and Size of Objects Anchored to Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring Objects to a Different Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Objects to All Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing and Positioning Anchored Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing Anchored Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning Anchored Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Anchor Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 . 1454 . 1455 . 1455 . 1456 . 1456 . 1457 . 1460 . 1461 . 1461 . 1461 . 1462 . 1462 . 1462 . 1463 . 1463 . 1464 . 1464 . 1465 . 1466 . 1466 . 1467 . 1467 . 1468 . 1468 . 1468 . 1469 . 1470 . 1470 . 1471 . 1471 . 1471 . 1471 Chapter 31 Layout Curves and Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1473 Layout Curves and Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layout Curve Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Nodes to Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Nodes from Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Offsets of Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . Changing the Node Spacing of a Layout Curve . . . . . Changing the Node Positions on a Layout Curve . . . . Changing the Spacing Mode of Layout Curves . . . . . Switching Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Layout Curves . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Layout Curve . Using Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layout Grid Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Radial Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Radial Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Rectangular Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Rectangular Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Grid Lines to Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Grid Lines from Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . Changing the Spacing Mode of Layout Grids . . . . . . xxvi | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1474 . 1474 . 1474 . 1475 . 1477 . 1478 . 1478 . 1479 . 1480 . 1480 . 1481 . 1481 . 1482 . 1482 . 1483 . 1483 . 1485 . 1485 . 1486 . 1486 . 1486 . 1487 Changing the Display Properties of Layout Grids . . . . . Creating and Removing Boundaries for Layout Grids . . . Creating Holes in Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Holes from Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Layout Grid . . Using Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layout Volume Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Grid Lines to Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Grid Lines from Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . Changing the Spacing Mode of Layout Volumes . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Layout Volumes . . . Changing the Location of Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Layout Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1488 . 1488 . 1488 . 1488 . 1489 . 1489 . 1490 . 1490 . 1491 . 1492 . 1492 . 1492 . 1493 . 1493 . 1494 . 1494 Chapter 32 Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1497 Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Column Grid Tools to Create Column Grids . . . . . . . Creating a Column Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Column Grid with User-Specified Settings . . . Creating a Column Grid from a Layout Grid . . . . . . . . Creating a Column Grid from Linework . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Column Grid Dynamically . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Structural Column Grid Tool . . . . . . . . . . Working with Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Labeling Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extending Column Grid Lines Beyond the Grid Boundary Dimensioning Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Column Grid . . . . . . . Changing the Lines of a Column Grid . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Clipping Profiles to Column Grids . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Column Grid . . Changing the Location of Column Grids . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Node Radius Display of Column Grids . . . Using Ceiling Grid Tools to Create Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid with User-Specified Settings . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid from a Layout Grid . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid from Linework . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid Dynamically . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid with a Clipping Boundary . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Ceiling Grid . . . . . . . . Changing the Lines of a Ceiling Grid . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Clipping Profiles to Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Ceiling Grid . . Changing the Location of Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498 . 1498 . 1499 . 1499 . 1501 . 1501 . 1502 . 1502 . 1503 . 1503 . 1504 . 1504 . 1505 . 1505 . 1505 . 1509 . 1510 . 1510 . 1511 . 1511 . 1512 . 1512 . 1513 . 1513 . 1514 . 1514 . 1515 . 1515 . 1516 . 1516 . 1516 . 1520 . 1521 . 1522 . 1522 Chapter 33 Detail Drafting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 Construction Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Construction Lines From Existing Objects/Linework . Creating Construction Lines Independently . . . . . . . . . . . Hatch Productivity Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning a Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1526 . 1526 . 1527 . 1528 . 1528 Contents | xxvii Generating a Hatch Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redefining a Hatch Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Modify Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trimming Linework or Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . . . Trimming Linework or Profile-Based Objects to an Edge . Extending Linework to an Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dividing Linework and Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . . Subtracting from Linework and Profile-Based Objects . . . Obscuring Regions of Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Linework or Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . . . Cropping Linework or Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . . . Shrinkwrapping Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning from a Reference Point . . . . . . . . . . . Evenly Spacing Linework or Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . Centering Linework or Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1529 . 1529 . 1532 . 1532 . 1533 . 1534 . 1535 . 1536 . 1537 . 1538 . 1539 . 1540 . 1540 . 1541 . 1541 . 1542 Chapter 34 Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Mask Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Mask Block Definition from a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Mask Block Definition from an Existing Mask Block Definition . Importing Mask Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Mask Block Definitions to a New Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Mask Block Definitions to an Existing Drawing . . . . . . . . . Editing a Mask Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Mask Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging Mask Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Mask Block Tools to Create Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Mask Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Mask Block with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Mask Block from Polylines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Mask Block Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Mask Blocks to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Mask Blocks from Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Move Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Mask Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Profile of a Mask Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Mask Block Reference . . . . . . . Changing Display Properties of Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Mask Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1544 . 1544 . 1544 . 1545 . 1545 . 1546 . 1546 . 1547 . 1547 . 1548 . 1548 . 1548 . 1549 . 1549 . 1550 . 1551 . 1552 . 1552 . 1552 . 1553 . 1553 . 1554 . 1555 . 1555 Chapter 35 Multi-View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557 Multi-View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Multi-View Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating Multi-View Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . Creating View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Multi-View Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting View Blocks to View Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Multi-View Block Definition as Bounding for Associative Spaces . Attaching Notes and Files to a Multi-View Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Multi-View Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Multi-View Block Definition to DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Multi-View Block Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Multi-View Blocks to a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Multi-View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Rotation of a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Associated Multi-View Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1558 . 1558 . 1559 . 1559 . 1560 . 1560 . 1561 . 1561 . 1562 . 1562 . 1563 . 1565 . 1565 . 1566 . 1566 . 1566 Changing the Scale Factor of a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Offset of a Multi-View Block Using Grips . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Multi-View Block Using Grips . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . Editing the Location and Rotation of Attributes in a Multi-View Block . Updating Multi-View Block Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 . 1567 . 1567 . 1568 . 1569 . 1570 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1571 Chapter 36 Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1573 Unifying Spatial Objects in AutoCAD Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Space Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Workflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Associative Spaces - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with List Definitions - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Boundary Offsets - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Zones - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Calculation Modifiers - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Calculation Cut Planes - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Space Evaluations - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Space Tools to Create Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bounding Objects for Associative 3D Freeform Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Objects as Bounding or Non-Bounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating Associative 3D Freeform Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bounding Objects and Object Outlines for Associative 2D or Extruded 3D Spaces . Generating Associative 2D or Extruded 3D Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Activating and Deactivating Automatic Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manually Updating Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dividing an Associative Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Associativity of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Generating Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Non-Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing a Non-Associative 2D or Extruded 3D Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Objects, Profiles, and Polylines to Non-Associative Spaces . . . . . . . Creating a Space Tool for Non-Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Space Tool for Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Space Boundary Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Manual Boundary Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Style-Based Boundary Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Area Calculation Standard-Based Boundary Offsets . . . . . . . . . Defining the Boundary Offsets of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying an Area Calculation Standard for a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classifying a Space According to an Area Calculation Standard . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Area Calculation Standard for Existing Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Drawings with Different Area Calculation Standards . . . . . . . . . User-Defined Boundary Calculation Offset Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing General Space Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Geometry of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview: Space Types and Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Geometry Type of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Associativity of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1574 . 1575 . 1576 . 1578 . 1578 . 1578 . 1579 . 1580 . 1581 . 1582 . 1583 . 1583 . 1587 . 1587 . 1588 . 1589 . 1591 . 1593 . 1595 . 1598 . 1599 . 1600 . 1601 . 1603 . 1604 . 1605 . 1612 . 1612 . 1617 . 1620 . 1622 . 1626 . 1626 . 1627 . 1627 . 1628 . 1629 . 1630 . 1630 . 1630 . 1631 . 1631 . 1631 . 1631 . 1632 . 1632 . 1632 . 1632 . 1634 . 1636 Contents | xxix Editing Space Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of Extruded 3D Spaces . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of 3D Freeform Spaces . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of Space Surfaces (Extruded 3D Spaces) . Boolean Operations for Extruded 3D Spaces . . . . . . . . . . Boolean Operations for 3D Freeform Spaces . . . . . . . . . . Working with Surface Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Space Surface Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up Adjacency Relations between Space Surfaces . . . . Displaying Adjacency Relations between Space Surfaces . . . . Changing the Location of a Non-Associative Space . . . . . . Attaching Spaces to Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching a Space to a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching a Space from a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Target Dimensions for the Space . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Space Boundary Offsets in a Space Style . . . . . . Attaching a List Definition to a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Classifications for a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Space Style . . . . . . . Specifying the Hatching for Components of a Space Style . . . Setting the Object Cut Plane of a Space Style . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Area Styles to Space Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . List Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a List Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Application for a List Definition . . . . . . . . Editing a List Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a List Definition . . . . . . . . . Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Zone Tools to Create Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zone Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Zones with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . Creating Zone Structures from a Zone Template . . . . . . . . Creating a Zone Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Area Groups to Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zones and Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Spaces and Zones to Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Spaces and Zones from Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Spaces and Zones Attached to a Zone . . . . . . . . Editing Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Zone Boundary Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Content Rules of a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Calculation Type of a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Calculation Modifiers for a Zone . . . . . . . . . . Ordering Zone Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Polylines from Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Zone . . . . . . . . Zone Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching a List Definition to a Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . . Restricting the Content of a Zone Based on the Zone Style . . Specifying Classifications for a Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Zone Style . . . . . . . xxx | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1636 . 1644 . 1644 . 1646 . 1646 . 1655 . 1662 . 1678 . 1683 . 1684 . 1684 . 1685 . 1685 . 1685 . 1685 . 1686 . 1686 . 1687 . 1687 . 1688 . 1688 . 1690 . 1692 . 1693 . 1693 . 1694 . 1695 . 1695 . 1696 . 1696 . 1697 . 1697 . 1698 . 1699 . 1700 . 1701 . 1702 . 1703 . 1704 . 1705 . 1705 . 1706 . 1706 . 1706 . 1706 . 1707 . 1707 . 1707 . 1708 . 1708 . 1709 . 1709 . 1710 . 1710 . 1711 . 1712 . 1712 . 1712 . 1713 Attaching Notes or Files to a Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Converting Area Group Styles to Zone Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Zone Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1717 Creating a Zone Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1718 Building the Structure of a Zone Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1718 Attaching Notes and Files to a Zone Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 Converting Area Group Templates to Zone Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 Working with Space Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 Schedule Properties of Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 Calculation Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 Setting Calculation Cut Planes for 3D Freeform Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1727 Space Decomposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1727 Space Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 Viewing Information About Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737 Exporting Space Information to a Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1738 Conversion of Space Boundaries to Walls and Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1738 Appendix 1: Command Changes for Spaces and Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1738 Area Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1738 Area Group Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 Space Boundary Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 Appendix 2: Predefined Area Calculation Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Calculating Spaces Based on the Basic Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Calculating Spaces Based on the DIN 277 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Calculating Spaces Based on the SIS Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Calculating Spaces Based on the BOMA Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Appendix 3: Implementing an Area Calculation Standard Plug-in with the AutoCAD Architecture .NET API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Implementing an Area Calculation Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1749 Implementing Offset Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 Chapter 37 Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1765 Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing and Editing Section Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing a Section Line and Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of a Section Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Lower Extension of a Section Using Grips . . . . Changing the Length of a Section Using Grips . . . . . . . . . Changing the Angle Dimensions of a Section . . . . . . . . . . Creating Graphic Subdivisions for 2D and 3D Sections . . . . . Changing a Subdivision Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Section Mark Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Section Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying a Section Line Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Section Line . . . . Creating a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Horizontal 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying the Sectioned Body in a Live Section View . . . . . . Removing a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Linework in a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Graphic Subdivisions in a 2D Section . Changing the Display of Graphic Subdivisions in a 3D Section . Reversing a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Boundary in a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1766 . 1769 . 1771 . 1771 . 1772 . 1773 . 1774 . 1775 . 1776 . 1776 . 1777 . 1777 . 1777 . 1778 . 1778 . 1779 . 1780 . 1781 . 1781 . 1781 . 1782 . 1783 . 1783 . 1783 . 1784 . 1785 . 1785 . 1786 . 1786 Contents | xxxi Editing a Material Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing and Merging Linework in a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . Updating a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Globally Updating 2D Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Project Drawing Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Globally Updating 2D Sections and Elevations in a Project or a Folder . . Updating Legacy Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2D Section Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Display Component to a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Display Component from a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . About 2D and 3D Section Display Components and Materials . . . . . . Use Subdivision Properties and Materials in 2D Section Styles . . . . . . Use the 3D Body Component of a Material for the 2D Section Linework . Adding a Design Rule to a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Design Rule in a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Design Rule from a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Layer, Color, and Linetype of a 2D Section Style . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1787 . 1789 . 1789 . 1790 . 1790 . 1791 . 1792 . 1792 . 1793 . 1794 . 1795 . 1796 . 1796 . 1796 . 1800 . 1800 . 1801 . 1802 . 1802 . 1802 . 1803 . 1803 Chapter 38 Elevations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1805 Working With Elevations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing and Editing Elevation Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing an Elevation Line and Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of an Elevation Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Lower Extension of an Elevation Using Grips . . . . . . Changing the Length of an Elevation Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Angle Dimensions of an Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Graphic Subdivisions for 2D and 3D Elevations . . . . . . . . Changing Elevation Mark Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of an Elevation Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying an Elevation Line Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes and Files to an Elevation Line . . . . . . . Creating a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Horizontal 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Linework in a 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Graphic Subdivisions in a 2D Elevation . . . . Changing the Display of Graphic Subdivisions in a 3D Elevation . . . . Reversing a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Boundary in a 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Material Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing and Merging Linework in a 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . Updating a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Globally Updating 2D Elevations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Project Drawing Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Globally Updating 2D Sections and Elevations in a Project or a Folder . Updating Legacy Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2D Elevation Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Display Component to a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Display Component from a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . xxxii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806 . 1809 . 1811 . 1812 . 1814 . 1814 . 1815 . 1816 . 1816 . 1817 . 1817 . 1817 . 1818 . 1818 . 1819 . 1821 . 1821 . 1822 . 1823 . 1823 . 1824 . 1824 . 1824 . 1826 . 1827 . 1828 . 1828 . 1829 . 1830 . 1830 . 1831 . 1832 . 1833 . 1834 . 1834 About 2D and 3D Elevation Display Components and Materials . . . . . . Use Subdivision Properties and Materials in 2D Elevation Styles . . . . . . Use the 3D Body Component of a Material for the 2D Elevation Linework . Adding a Design Rule to a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Design Rule in a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Design Rule from a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Layer, Color, and Linetype of a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 . 1836 . 1837 . 1837 . 1838 . 1838 . 1838 . 1839 . 1839 Chapter 39 Hidden Line Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1841 Hidden Line Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842 Creating a Hidden Line Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842 Chapter 40 AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1843 AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Options and Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions from Selecting Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions from Picked Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Associative Dimensions from Picked Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AutoCAD Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions from Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Points for Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Points for Wall Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Points for Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Points for Other Object Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AutoCAD Dimension Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions in External References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions From Picked Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying AEC Dimension Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating AEC Dimensions Using AEC Dimension Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Dimension with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use Cases for AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting an AutoCAD Dimension to an AEC Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Properties of AEC Dimensions to AutoCAD Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Dimension Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Points to an AEC Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Dimension Points from an AEC Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring Object Points Set in the AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Non-Style Defined Dimension Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing the Direction of an AEC Wall Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Associative Wall Component Dimension Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning Dimension Texts, Extension Lines, and Dimension Chains . . . . . . . . . Resetting Repositioned Dimension Texts, Extension Lines and Dimension Chains . . . . . Overriding Dimension Values and Hiding Dimension Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to an AEC Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Dimension Styles and AutoCAD Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The AEC Dimension Style Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating AutoCAD Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Number of Chains in an AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Dimension Display Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Dimensioned Objects in the AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Object Dimension Points in AEC Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting the AutoCAD Dimension Styles and Other Properties of AEC Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1844 . 1845 . 1845 . 1845 . 1846 . 1846 . 1846 . 1847 . 1847 . 1849 . 1849 . 1849 . 1850 . 1852 . 1852 . 1853 . 1854 . 1855 . 1855 . 1857 . 1861 . 1862 . 1863 . 1863 . 1864 . 1866 . 1868 . 1868 . 1869 . 1870 . 1872 . 1873 . 1874 . 1876 . 1876 . 1877 . 1877 . 1877 . 1877 . 1878 . 1879 . 1879 . 1880 . 1881 . 1882 Contents | xxxiii Changing Style Properties with the AEC Dimension Style Attaching Notes and Files to an AEC Dimension Style . . . Q and A for Working with AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . Changing Color, Text Size and Arrowheads . . . . . . . . Updating AEC Dimensions On Demand . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Text Height of Superscripted Numbers . . . Fixing the Error Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finding More Dimension Points than Expected . . . . . . Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1883 . 1885 . 1885 . 1885 . 1885 . 1885 . 1886 . 1886 Chapter 41 Elevation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887 Elevation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Elevation Label Tools to Create Elevation Labels . . . . . . . Creating an Elevation Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Elevation Labels with User-Specified Settings . . . . Creating an Elevation Label Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Elevation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Elevation of an Elevation Label . . . . . . . . . Changing the Coordinate System of an Elevation Label . . . . Changing the Associated Multi-View Block Definition . . . . Changing the Scale Factor of an Elevation Label . . . . . . . . Changing the Offset of an Elevation Label . . . . . . . . . . . Display the View Blocks and Attributes of an Elevation Label . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to an Elevation Label . . Creating User-Defined Elevation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Graphic Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding the Elevation Label to the AutoCAD DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1888 . 1888 . 1889 . 1889 . 1890 . 1890 . 1890 . 1890 . 1891 . 1891 . 1891 . 1891 . 1892 . 1892 . 1893 . 1893 . 1893 . 1893 . 1894 Chapter 42 Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 Fields Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting Fields in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting Fields in Property Set Definitions . . . . Inserting Field Placeholders in Object Properties . Adding Fields to Object Style Properties . . . . . . Inserting Fields in AutoCAD Text Elements . . . . Editing Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Field Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Fields to Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AutoCAD Architecture Field Types . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Project Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sheet Set Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Sheet Set Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keynote Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Keynote Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Database Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Database Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Data Link to an ODBC Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 . 1897 . 1897 . 1897 . 1899 . 1900 . 1901 . 1903 . 1904 . 1904 . 1905 . 1905 . 1905 . 1905 . 1906 . 1908 . 1909 . 1909 . 1910 . 1911 . 1912 Chapter 43 Detail Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 Understanding Detail Components . Inserting Detail Components . . . . Stamp Components . . . . . . . Linear Array Components . . . Backfill Components . . . . . . Bookends Components . . . . . xxxiv | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1918 . 1918 . 1919 . 1919 . 1920 . 1921 Countable Linear Array Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dynamically Sized Surface Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolt Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Detail Components in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Detail Component Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Detail Component Tools to a Tool Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Detail Component Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Detail Component Properties to Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Detail Component Properties to Linework from a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Detail Component Properties to Linework from the Detail Component Manager . Using the Detail Component Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locating a Detail Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Modifying Detail Component Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Detail Component Database Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Detail Component Database to Available Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Detail Component Database from Available Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Detail Component Database Permissions in a Multi-User Environment . . . . . . . . . . Merging Old and New Detail Component Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 . 1922 . 1923 . 1923 . 1924 . 1925 . 1925 . 1927 . 1929 . 1929 . 1929 . 1930 . 1930 . 1932 . 1948 . 1948 . 1949 . 1950 . 1950 Chapter 44 Annotation and Keynoting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1951 The Basic Annotation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Text-Only Annotation . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Text-with-Leader Annotation . . . . . . Creating a Break Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Block-Based Annotation with a Leader . Editing a Text-Based Annotation . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Masking Break Mark . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Block-Based Annotation . . . . . . . . . Keynoting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the Annotation Tool for Keynoting . . Using Keynote Insertion Tools . . . . . . . . . . . Using Keynote Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing and Editing Keynotes in a Drawing . . . . Specifying Keynotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Keynote Databases . . . . . . . . . . Annotation Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 . 1956 . 1956 . 1956 . 1957 . 1957 . 1958 . 1958 . 1959 . 1959 . 1961 . 1963 . 1968 . 1971 . 1972 . 1983 Chapter 45 Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1989 Working with Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Callout Tools in AutoCAD Architecture . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Placing a Callout . . . . . . . The Properties of a Callout Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Properties of a Callout Tool . . . . . . . . Placing Title Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Title Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing Detail Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Detail in the Current View Drawing . Creating a Detail in an Existing Drawing . . . . . Creating a Detail in a New Drawing . . . . . . . Placing Section Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Section in the Current Drawing . . . Creating a Section in an Existing Drawing . . . . Creating a Section in a New Drawing . . . . . . Placing Elevation Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Single Elevation Callout . . . . . . . . Placing a Four-Way Interior Elevation Callout . . Placing a Four-Way Exterior Elevation Callout . . Placing a Callout Without a Model Space View . . . . Referencing a Callout to an Existing View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1990 . 1991 . 1993 . 1994 . 1998 . 1999 . 1999 . 1999 . 2000 . 2001 . 2002 . 2003 . 2003 . 2004 . 2006 . 2007 . 2007 . 2009 . 2010 . 2011 . 2012 Contents | xxxv Opening a Model Space View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Model Space View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolving Fields in Callout Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Callouts Outside a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Callout in a Non-Project Drawing File . . . . . . . Opening Model Space Views in a Non-Project Drawing File . Deleting Model Space Views in a Non-Project Drawing File . Creating New Callout Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Fields in Callout Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Callout Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 . 2013 . 2013 . 2015 . 2015 . 2016 . 2016 . 2016 . 2016 . 2017 Chapter 46 Schedules and Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2021 Overview of Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schedule Table Terminology in AutoCAD Architecture 2008 . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Using Schedule Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Sets and Property Set Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Schedules Using Schedule Table Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Schedule Table Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Objects to a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Objects from a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reselecting Objects for a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning Off the Out-of-Date Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating a Schedule Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locating and Viewing Scheduled Objects in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . Schedule Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Tags Using Schedule Tag Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Schedule Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Schedule Tag Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring an Existing Schedule Tag to an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing an Anchored Schedule Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing the Connection Between Tags and Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renumbering Property Set Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Schedule Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Schedule Table Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Schedule Data for Selected Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing General Schedule Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Selection Criteria for a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Schedule Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing External Source Properties of a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Table Breaks to a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Documentation Information to a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Table Cell Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Property Set Data to All Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Data Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expanding the Scope of Scheduled Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Set Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Property Set Data to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entering Manual Properties and Fields for Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing or Updating Fields in Manual Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Fields in Manual Properties to Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Property Set Data from an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Property Set Data to Styles and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entering Manual Properties and Fields for Styles and Definitions . . . . . . . Editing Style-Based Property Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Style-Based Property Sets Attached to Objects in External References . Removing Property Set Data from a Style or Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 . 2022 . 2023 . 2024 . 2027 . 2027 . 2027 . 2029 . 2029 . 2029 . 2029 . 2030 . 2030 . 2030 . 2030 . 2033 . 2035 . 2037 . 2037 . 2038 . 2038 . 2039 . 2039 . 2052 . 2052 . 2053 . 2053 . 2054 . 2054 . 2055 . 2055 . 2056 . 2056 . 2057 . 2057 . 2062 . 2062 . 2062 . 2063 . 2064 . 2064 . 2064 . 2064 . 2065 . 2065 . 2066 . 2067 Browsing Property Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Set Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Automatic Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Property Set Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes or Reference Files to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . Specifying How the Property Set Definition is Applied . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Manual Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . Adding a Field to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding an Automatic Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . Adding a Location Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . Adding a Classification Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . Adding a Material Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . Adding a Project Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . Adding an Anchor Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . Adding a Graphic Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . Sequencing Property Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hiding Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Property Set Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing All Property Sets from Objects and Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Property Set Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a List Definition for a Manual Property Definition . . . . . . . Editing List Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the List Item for an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes or Reference Files to a List Definition . . . . . . . . . . Classification Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Including Classification Data in Schedules . . . . . . . A Classification Use Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Classification Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Object Types for a Classification Definition . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Classification Definition . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Property Set Definitions to a Classification Definition . . . . . Editing a Classification Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Classification of an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Theme Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Display Theme to a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disabling Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Activating Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Theme Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Theme Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Schedule Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Question Marks in Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object not Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Which Property Sets to Attach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Data in the Schedule Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object Numbers Out of Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locating an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting an Empty Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INVALID in a Table Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Schedule Table Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Column Button Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Sets Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quantity Column not Totalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matrix Column Displaying Data Instead of a Matrix Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2068 . 2069 . 2071 . 2073 . 2079 . 2079 . 2079 . 2081 . 2082 . 2083 . 2084 . 2085 . 2086 . 2087 . 2088 . 2089 . 2090 . 2091 . 2091 . 2093 . 2093 . 2094 . 2094 . 2095 . 2095 . 2095 . 2096 . 2097 . 2097 . 2099 . 2100 . 2100 . 2101 . 2102 . 2103 . 2103 . 2104 . 2104 . 2104 . 2106 . 2106 . 2107 . 2107 . 2108 . 2109 . 2110 . 2110 . 2111 . 2111 . 2111 . 2111 . 2111 . 2111 . 2112 . 2112 . 2112 . 2112 . 2112 . 2112 Contents | xxxvii Troubleshooting Classification Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Empty Classification Tab in Style Properties . . . . . . . . . . Long Title for a Classification Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classifications Property to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . Including Classifications in a Schedule Table . . . . . . . . . Objects Not Included in the Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classifications Selected but Object Not Included . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Schedule Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Difference Between Schedule Tags and Project Schedule Tags . Troubleshooting Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Values on the Extended Data Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 . 2112 . 2113 . 2113 . 2113 . 2113 . 2113 . 2113 . 2113 . 2113 . 2113 Chapter 47 AEC Content and DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2115 Overview of AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Predefined AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Content in the Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Content in DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding AEC Content to Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Content from the Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Content from DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Fixture Layouts from DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving Content Between DesignCenter and the Content Browser . . Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter . . . . . . . . Creating Custom AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the AEC Content Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying DesignCenter Content with the AEC Content Wizard . Modifying Fixture Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning Off the Dimension Scale Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2116 . 2116 . 2116 . 2117 . 2118 . 2118 . 2119 . 2119 . 2119 . 2120 . 2120 . 2120 . 2128 . 2128 . 2128 . 2128 Other Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2131 Chapter 48 Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2133 Adjusting the Camera Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2134 Chapter 49 Converting Objects to 3D Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2135 Converting Objects to 3D Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2136 Converting Objects to 3D Solid Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2136 Chapter 50 Visual Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2137 Working with Visual Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2138 Performing a Visual Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2138 Chapter 51 Reference AEC Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2139 Creating an AEC Entity Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Reference to an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching an Object to an Existing Entity Reference . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to an Entity Reference . Changing the Location of an Entity Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2140 . 2140 . 2140 . 2140 . 2141 Chapter 52 Customizing and Adding New Content for Detail Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2143 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . A Walkthrough of the Process . Component Databases . . . . . Recipe Specifications . . . . . . Jigs and JigEnts . . . . . . . . . Common Jigs . . . . . . . . . . Recipe Logging . . . . . . . . . Blocks and Block Libraries . . . Using Optimal Geometry . Naming Blocks . . . . . . Base Points for Blocks . . . xxxviii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2144 . 2144 . 2146 . 2149 . 2160 . 2161 . 2165 . 2169 . 2169 . 2170 . 2170 Collecting Similar Blocks . . . . Block Properties . . . . . . . . . Layer Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Unnecessary Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2170 . 2170 . 2171 . 2171 Chapter 53 Migrating Detail Component and Keynote Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2173 Migrating Your Database Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2174 Running the Detail Component/Keynote Database Migration Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2175 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2187 Contents | xxxix xl | Contents Workflow and User Interface 1 1 2 | Chapter 1 Workflow and User Interface Introduction 1 Welcome to AutoCAD Architecture 2008! Built on the new AutoCAD® 2008 platform, this release is targeted at making the transition from AutoCAD to AutoCAD Architecture easier by simplifying your interactions with the software. It offers many new features that help you achieve your design and documentation goals: 3 New Features Improved Help System for the Transitioning AutoCAD Users The help system has been enhanced to simplify the transition from AutoCAD to AutoCAD Architecture. These help components have been added so that new users with previous AutoCAD experience can easily segue into working with AutoCAD Architecture: ■ Essential task movies ■ Learning resources overview for different expertise levels ■ User interface overview ■ Webcasts for typical architectural tasks ■ Getting Started guides Welcome Screen AutoCAD Architecture 2008 integrates a number of exciting new AutoCAD features and adapts them to the specific AutoCAD Architecture requirements: Annotation Scaling Annotation scaling allows you to plot annotation at the same height or size regardless of the viewport zoom scale. Annotation scales can be associated with annotative objects in AutoCAD Architecture so that these objects can be sized properly for specific annotation scales in model space and displayed correctly in paper space. You can also specify whether to display or hide annotation objects that are not controlled by the current annotation scale. Visualization With AutoCAD Architecture 2008, the Mental Ray rendering engine replaces the core rendering capabilities of AutoCAD and AutoCAD Architecture. With AutoCAD Architecture 2008, the work has continued on this core rendering environment with the goal of building the most needed capabilities used in VIZ Render into the main AutoCAD 4 | Chapter 1 Introduction Architecture workspace. This now provides a single in-process rendering environment for creating highly photo-realistic renderings, based on real-world photometric indoor & outdoor lighting, procedural materials, more robust material editing, and inherent interoperability with AutoCAD and the AutoCAD family of products. For full information about lighting, materials, and rendering, see “Create Realistic Images and Graphics” in the AutoCAD help. Realistic rendering of building facade Creating a camera and walkthrough Viewport Layer Overrides You can now apply overrides for color, linetype, lineweight, and plot style to layers in individual layout viewports. This is an efficient way to display objects with different property settings in individual viewports without changing their ByLayer or ByBlock properties. Because layer property overrides do not change the layer’s global properties, you can have objects display differently in various viewports without having to create duplicate geometry or use xrefs that have different layer settings. When the Layer Manager is accessed from a layout tab, 4 additional columns for viewport-specific layer property overrides are displayed for VP Color, VP Lineweight, VP Linetype, and VP Plot Style. New Features | 5 Overriding layer properties for a viewport Easier Editing of Object Display The editing of the display properties of an object has been simplified and better integrated with AutoCAD methods and workflows. You can now use the Display tab of the Properties palette to change the display property settings for a selected object display component in the current display representation. You can specify whether your changes will apply to all objects of the same type as the selected object (drawing default), all objects of the same style as the selected object (a style override), or only that object itself (an object override). You can also apply your changes to other display representations that use the same display component to draw the selected object. Changes that you make in the Display tab are immediately visible in the drawing area, giving you opportunity for fine-tuning and on-the-fly corrections. Changing the display of object components on the Properties palette For more information, see “Using the Properties Palette to Change Display Properties” on page 445. IFC Certification The Industry Foundation Classes (IFC) file format provides an interoperability solution between different software applications. It complies with established, international standards for importing and exporting building objects and their properties. IFC improves communication, productivity, delivery time, and quality throughout the life cycle of a building. By employing established standards for common objects in the building industry, IFC reduces the loss of information during transmission from one application to another. AutoCAD Architecture is now IFC-certified, enabling you to import and export IFC data. For example, building models drawn in AutoCAD Architecture are saved to a DWG file format. You can export the drawing using the IFC format to an IFC-certified application that does not use the DWG file format, and the drawing can be opened and worked on in the non-native application. Likewise, in AutoCAD Architecture you can import an IFC file, create a DWG file, and work on that drawing in AutoCAD Architecture. 6 | Chapter 1 Introduction Exporting a DWG file to IFC Importing an IFC file to AutoCAD Architecture For more information, see “Importing and Exporting IFC Files” on page 126. Improved Drawing Management The Drawing Management feature has been improved to make working with projects easier and more effective: ■ You can set up your project so that the sheet view layer settings are updated from the layer settings in the model space of the view drawing. The synchronized settings include the layer states (on/off, thawed/frozen) and the layer properties (layer, color, linetype, plot style) of layers native to the view drawing as well as layers in external references attached to the view drawing through constructs and elements. View drawing with xref dependent layer settings New Features | 7 Sheet view with layer settings from view For more information, see “Synchronizing View Drawing Layers with Sheet View Layers” on page 259. ■ You can open AutoCAD Architecture with a specific project as the current project by double-clicking the APJ file of the project in Windows® Explorer. This launches a new session of AutoCAD Architecture with the project specified in the project file as the current project. For more information, see “Opening a Project from Windows Explorer” on page 192. ■ A new set of animations and learning material has been added to Drawing Management and can be accessed from the “Learn More about Drawing Management” link in Project Browser. Link to new information in Project Browser Drawing Compare An efficient review of drawings and revisions is key as you move through the design, development, and construction phases of a project. You can visually compare versions of drawings and review proposed changes with the Drawing Compare feature. Drawing Compare also allows you to compare drawings from AutoCAD, AutoCAD Architecture, AutoCAD MEP, Revit Architecture, and Revit Structure. For more information, see “Drawing Compare” on page 385. Spaces The Spaces feature has been improved and enhanced by a number of new functionalities that make the automatic generation of spaces, space evaluation, and re-use of spaces in AutoCAD MEP easier and more powerful. ■ Improved updating of associative spaces: Associative spaces can now update automatically when the bounding geometry changes. You can automatically split and merge spaces by adding or removing bounding objects. You can choose between automatic updates and manual updates, depending on your needs. 8 | Chapter 1 Introduction For more information, see “Updating Associative Spaces” on page 1598 ■ Openings on 3D freeform space surfaces: You can add and edit openings on the surfaces of 3D freeform spaces using grips. Freeform openings can be viewed and organized in the Space/Zone Manager and can be exported to AutoCAD MEP. For more information, see “Working with Surface Openings” on page 1662. ■ Area calculation standards: Offsets between space boundaries can be automatically determined by an area calculation standard specified in the drawing. The space boundaries are calculated according to the area calculation standard. Predefined standards shipped with the Subscription Module Spaces and Drawing Compare include standards based on BOMA, DIN 277, and SIS. New Features | 9 Boundary offsets calculated by area calculation standard For more information, see “Working with Space Boundary Offsets” on page 1626. ■ Generating associative spaces: The generation of associative spaces has been moved to the Properties palette, making it more interactive and intuitive. For more information, see “Generating Associative Spaces” on page 1587. Fit and Finish in AutoCAD Architecture 2008 In addition to other new features, a number of fit and finish items have been added for the user: ■ Support for MasterFormat 2004 naming standard: The detail components and keynote databases in AutoCAD Architecture are now configured to follow the Construction Specifications Institute's MasterFormat 2004 naming standard. ■ Structural member Auto-Trim setting: You can now configure structural member styles so that members trim automatically to other members during edits rather than only during initial placement. A Quick Start for Transitioning from AutoCAD to AutoCAD Architecture If you have previously accomplished your architectural tasks with AutoCAD and want to transition to using AutoCAD Architecture, you will find that using tools specifically designed for architects provides additional productivity and benefits over the AutoCAD drafting methods you used before. This quick overview of tasks and how to accomplish them in AutoCAD Architecture can help you get an easy start. For additional information, watch short movies which you can find on the Welcome to AutoCAD Architecture 2008 page, the Learning Resources page, or the main Help page. ■ Click Help menu ➤ Help, and then click Essential Task Movies under General Information on the right pane. ■ Click Help menu ➤ Learning Resources, and then click Essential Task Movies. 10 | Chapter 1 Introduction ■ On the Welcome to AutoCAD Architecture 2008 page that displays when you open the software, select a movie from the right pane under Essential Task Movies. NOTE The software locations for tools, palettes, and catalogs listed below are the default locations for a standard US install. Customized installations, as well as localized versions may vary in the tools they supply and the structure of the tool palettes. How do I… with AutoCAD with Palette or UI Location tools AutoCAD Architecture tools More Information Work with Conceptual Massing? Design Massing Studies? Solids Mass Elements and Mass Groups Design Group - Massing Palette Visual Styles Visualization Group - Visual Styles Palette ■ Online Help: “Use a Visual Style to Design Group - Spaces Palette ■ Online Help: “Space Types” on page 1576 ■ Online Help: “Mass Elements and Mass Groups” on page 576 Create a Space Layout and Colored Plans? Create Presentation Graphics? Visual Styles Create Space Plans? Polyline and Hatch Spaces Display Your Model” in the AutoCAD Help ■ Learning Movie: Creating Spaces to Calculate Areas Create Color Fill Plans? Hatching and Polylines Display Themes and Spaces Document Group - Themes Palette ■ Online Help: “Process Overview: Creating Display Themes” on page 2104 ■ Learning Movie: Creating Color-Filled Presentation Plans Create Floor Plans? A Quick Start for Transitioning from AutoCAD to AutoCAD Architecture | 11 How do I… Draw Walls? with AutoCAD with Palette or UI Location tools AutoCAD Architecture tools Linework or Multilines Walls Design Group - Walls Palette More Information ■ Online Help: “Walls” on page 645 ■ Learning Movie: Laying Out Floor Plans Draw Doors? Blocks or Dynamic Blocks Doors Design Group - Doors Palette ■ Online Help: “Doors” on page 1004 Draw Windows? Blocks or Dynamic Blocks Windows Design Group - Windows Palette ■ Online Help: “Windows” on page 1057 Draw Stairs? Linework Stairs Design Group - Design Palette ■ Online Help: “Stairs” on page 1133 NOTE More Stair tools can be accessed from Content Browser. Draw Railings? Linework Railings Design Group - Design Palette ■ Online Help: “Railings” on page 1252 NOTE More Railing tools can be accessed from Content Browser. Draw Curtain Walls? Linework Curtain Walls Design Group - Design Palette 750 NOTE More Curtain Wall tools can be accessed from Content Browser. Add Furniture and Fixtures? 12 | Chapter 1 Introduction ■ Online Help: “Curtain Walls” on page How do I… Place Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment? with AutoCAD with Palette or UI Location tools AutoCAD Architecture tools Blocks or Dynamic Blocks Multi-View Blocks Design Group - FF & E Palette More Information ■ Online Help: “Multi-View Blocks” on page 1558 Create Annotation and Scheduling? A Quick Start for Transitioning from AutoCAD to AutoCAD Architecture | 13 How do I… with AutoCAD with Palette or UI Location tools AutoCAD Architecture tools Dimension Drawings? Dimensions Add Schedule Tags? Blocks Extract Schedules from Designs? Tables More Information AEC Dimensions Document Group - Dimension Palette ■ Online Help: “AEC Dimensions” on Tag Tools Document Group - Tags Palette ■ Online Help: “Adding Tags Using page 1844 Schedule Tag Tools” on page 2030 Schedules Document Group - Schedules Palette ■ Online Help: “Managing Schedule Tables” on page 2039 ■ Learning Movie: Creating Schedules Modify Block Properties for Scheduling Data? Attributes Create Enlarged Plans? Xclip Extract Building Sections? Linework Property Set Definitions Style Manager Callouts and Project Navigator Document Group - Callouts Palette Sections Document Group - Callouts Palette ■ Online Help: “Property Set Definitions” on page 2069 ■ Online Help: “Working with Callouts” on page 1990 ■ Online Help: “Placing Section Callouts” on page 2003 ■ Learning Movie: Creating Sections Extract Elevations? Linework Elevations Document Group - Callouts Palette ■ Online Help: “Placing Elevation Callouts” on page 2007 14 | Chapter 1 Introduction How do I… Mark up drawing revisions? with AutoCAD with Palette or UI Location tools AutoCAD Architecture tools REVCLOUD command Revision Clouds Document Group - Annotation Palette More Information ■ Online Help: “AEC Content in the Content Browser” on page 2116 NOTE More Revision Cloud tools can be accessed from Content Browser. Add Details and Keynotes? Create Details? Linework Detail Components Detailing Group ■ Online Help: “Detail Components” on page 1917 ■ Learning Movie: Detailing Your Designs Annotate Details? Leaders Keynoting Document Group - Annotation Palette ■ Online Help: “Keynoting Tools” on page 1959 Work in a Project? A Quick Start for Transitioning from AutoCAD to AutoCAD Architecture | 15 How do I… with AutoCAD with Palette or UI Location tools AutoCAD Architecture tools Find and Manage Content? Windows® Explorer and DesignCenter Content Browser Content Browser Manage Layers? Layer Properties Manager Layer Manager, Layer Key Styles, Layer Standards Layer Manager More Information ■ Online Help: “Understanding the Content Browser” on page 80 ■ Online Help: “Managing Drawing Layers” on page 404 ■ Online Help: “Working with Layer Keys” on page 425 ■ Online Help: “Creating and Editing Layer Standards” on page 434 Manage Project Drawings? Sheet Set Manager Project Navigator Project Navigator ■ Online Help: “A Short Overview of Drawing Management” on page 2180 ■ Learning Movie: Managing Your Drawings Starting AutoCAD Architecture Use one of the following methods to start AutoCAD Architecture: ■ Double-click the AutoCAD Architecture icon on your desktop. The icon is displayed on your desktop if you chose to create it when you installed the software. ■ On the Start menu, click Programs ➤ Autodesk ➤ AutoCAD Architecture 2008 ➤ AutoCAD Architecture 2008. NOTE AutoCAD Architecture 2008 can be run under Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Vista. Customizing Startup You can use command-line switches in the properties of the desktop icon to specify AutoCAD Architecture startup options: ■ Run a startup script when you start the software. ■ Start the software with a specific template. ■ Start the software with a specific profile (ARG file). ■ Create several desktop icons, each with different startup options. For more information, see “Customize Startup” in AutoCAD Help. Default Content Paths for Microsoft Windows Vista AutoCAD Architecture 2008 is running under Microsoft Windows Vista. The default content paths for style drawings, support files, and tool catalogs vary between Windows XP and Windows Vista: Operating System AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Content Path Windows XP C:\Documents and Settings\\My Documents Windows Vista C:\Users\ \Documents 16 | Chapter 1 Introduction Finding Help With AutoCAD Architecture 2008, you can move smoothly from 2D drafting to building information modeling in an AutoCAD-based environment. AutoCAD Architecture supports your current practices and helps you to take advantage of your knowledge of AutoCAD. Intelligent architectural objects and other powerful design and documentation features offered by AutoCAD Architecture will help you reap productivity benefits by minimizing tedious drafting and rework. Autodesk provides many resources to ensure that you quickly become productive with AutoCAD Architecture and the many new features available in this release. Online and print documentation, real-world tutorials, and technical support channels are all available to answer your questions as you begin working with the software. Online Help Resources There are various available resources to help you learn about AutoCAD Architecture 2008 and AutoCAD® 2008. Documentation Description AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Installation Guide Explains how to install and configure AutoCAD Architecture 2008. AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Help Explains AutoCAD Architecture concepts and provides step-by-step procedures. AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Project Cycle Navigator The Project Cycle Navigator provides links to key workflow topics and animations. There are 10 phases of a project, which range from PreDesign and Planning to Post Construction. You can select the phase in which you are interested, and then select from a list of topics. AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Printed Getting Started Guide The printed Getting Started tutorial gives you a quick, but comprehensive introduction to the concepts of working with AutoCAD Architecture 2008. AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Online Tutorials A set of exercises designed to give you an overview of the capabilities and features of AutoCAD Architecture. AutoCAD Architecture 2008 New Features Workshop Gives an overview of the new features in AutoCAD Architecture 2008. AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Essential Tasks Movies View these movies to learn about typical and frequently used tasks. AutoCAD 2008 User’s Guide Provides conceptual and overview material with step-by-step procedures for AutoCAD 2008. AutoCAD 2008 New Features Workshop Gives an overview over the new features in AutoCAD 2008. The advantage of online manuals is that they present information quickly while you are in a drawing session. Although online Help topics provide some conceptual and overview material, their main purpose is to help you get a task done efficiently. Therefore, the AutoCAD Architecture online Help emphasizes step-by-step procedures relevant to command selection. It also incorporates visual examples and links to more information. Online tutorials are also an excellent way to become familiar with AutoCAD Architecture. When you use the tutorials to learn program concepts, you can keep the tutorial window open in the drawing area while you perform the steps. To access AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Help 1 On the Help menu, click Help. 2 When the Help window is displayed, click the AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Help book on the Contents tab, and then browse the contents to locate the information you need. Or use the Index or Search tabs to find specific topics. Icons with a red marker indicate topics that include information about new features. Finding Help | 17 Red marker indicates topic covering new feature To access AutoCAD Architecture 2008 New Features Workshop 1 On the Help menu, click New Features Workshop. 2 On the Main Menu page, click the category for the feature you want to learn about. To access AutoCAD Architecture 2008 Tutorials 1 On the Help menu, click Tutorials. 2 When the Help window is displayed, browse the Contents tab to locate the exercise you want to perform. The tutorials include datasets that correspond to the exercises. To access AutoCAD 2008 Help 1 On the Help menu, click Help. 2 When the Help window is displayed, click the AutoCAD Help book on the Contents tab, and then browse the contents to locate the information you need. Or use the Index or Search tabs to find specific topics. To access AutoCAD 2008 New Features Workshop 1 On the Help menu, click Help. 2 When the Help window is displayed, click the AutoCAD Help book, and then click the New Features Workshop link under General Information. AutoCAD Architecture Design Phases Overview The includes animations and links to topics that explain AutoCAD Architecture features and workflows. Click a project cycle segment to select a project phase, and then click a topic segment. To return to the Design Phases Overview from a Help topic, click the Back button; to return from an animation, click the 18 | Chapter 1 Introduction icon. Design Phases Overview Autodesk Training Programs and Products Training programs and products from Autodesk help you learn the key technical features of your Autodesk software and improve your productivity. For the latest information about Autodesk training, visit http://www.autodesk.com/autocadarchitecture-training or contact your local Autodesk office. Autodesk Authorized Training Centers Be more productive with Autodesk® software. Get trained at an Autodesk Authorized Training Center (ATC®) with hands-on, instructor-led classes to help you get the most from your Autodesk products. Enhance your productivity with proven training from over 1,400 ATC sites in more than 75 countries. For more information about Autodesk Authorized Training Centers, contact atc.program@autodesk.com or visit the online ATC locator at http://www.autodesk.com/atc. Autodesk Official Training Courseware Autodesk publishes many courseware titles each year for users at all levels to improve their productivity with Autodesk software. The preferred training materials of Autodesk partners, these books are also well-suited for self-paced, standalone learning. All courseware simulates real-world projects with hands-on, job-related exercises. Autodesk Official Training Courseware (AOTC) is developed by Autodesk. Autodesk Authorized Training Courseware (AATC) is developed by Autodesk partners, including titles in a growing number of languages. Autodesk Official Certification Courseware (AOCC) teaches the knowledge and skills assessed on the Certification examinations. Visit http://www.autodesk.com/aotc to browse the Autodesk Courseware catalog. Autodesk Certification Gain a competitive edge with your career by obtaining Autodesk Certification, validating your knowledge and skills on Autodesk products. Autodesk provides an end-to-end solution for assessing your readiness for certification, preparing for certification, and obtaining certification. For more information on Autodesk Certification, visit http://www.autodesk.com/certification. e-Learning Autodesk e-Learning for Autodesk Subscription customers features interactive lessons organized into product catalogs. Each lesson is 20-40 minutes in length and features hands-on exercises, with an option to use a simulation or the software application. You can also use an online evaluation tool that identifies gaps in skills, determines what lessons will be most helpful, and gauges learning progress. If you are a member of Autodesk subscription, you can access e-Learning and other subscription services from within your Autodesk product. For more information about Autodesk subscription resources, visit http://www.autodesk.com/subscription. Autodesk Training Programs and Products | 19 Contacting Autodesk Autodesk, Inc. 111 McInnis Parkway San Rafael, CA 94903 USA Phone: 415-507-5000 Website: http://www.autodesk.com Sales Information To purchase additional Autodesk software, contact your local reseller. For the name of the authorized reseller nearest you, call 1-800-964-6432 or access the Resellers and Training Centers website, http://www.autodesk.com/resellers/. Technical Support If you have technical questions about the products, you should contact your local reseller or check the frequently asked questions (Technical Solutions & FAQS) section and Discussion Groups on the website for AutoCAD Architecture at http://www.autodesk.com/support. News groups are another good source of information. You can look through the questions that have already been posted, or you can post your own questions. Feedback Please let us know what you think! Whether you have a suggestion for product enhancement, a compliment, or a complaint, or if you think you have found a bug, we would like to know about it. To make comments and find additional information, visit our website at http://www.autodesk.com/contact. 20 | Chapter 1 Introduction The Workspace 2 The AutoCAD Architecture workspace is a highly customizable graphical user interface designed to accommodate the various workflows and workstyles of architectural professionals. The topics in this section provide an overview of the available workspace components and describe how to access and configure them to meet your needs. For detailed instructions on using workspace components to create and edit architectural objects, refer to the relevant object-specific topics in Help (Walls, Doors, Windows, and so on). 21 The Workspace Concept In AutoCAD Architecture, a workspace is a task-based customization of the basic user interface that includes only those menus, toolbars, and palettes you need for a particular architectural process. When you first start AutoCAD Architecture, you are prompted to set the initial drawing environment and the default drawing template file by selecting one of the following workspaces: Workspace Description Design Provides all the basic tools for creating architectural objects in your drawings. Document Provides tools for adding schedule tables, annotations, callouts, and other documentation objects to your drawings. Detailing Provides tools for inserting a wide variety of predefined detail components, as well as tools for detail drafting. Visualization Includes all the tools available in the Design workspace as well as the dashboard palette, which provides tools for 3D modeling, viewing, and rendering. Whichever workspace you select, you can reconfigure it according to your preferences as you work. You can move or hide various components as needed, display additional toolbars, or add new tools and tool palettes. If desired, you can save your customizations as a new workspace that you can access for later drawing sessions. You can also switch from one workspace to another at any time by selecting a new one from the drop-down list on the Workspaces toolbar. For more information, see “Changing Workspaces” on page 31 and “Create Task-Based Workspaces” in the AutoCAD help. Default configuration of the Design workspace Workspace Components The AutoCAD Architecture workspace consists of a drawing window with menus, toolbars, tool palettes, and other controls that you use to set up an architectural project, create your design, and generate construction documents. The default configuration of these components varies depending on which of the predefined workspaces you select (Design, Document, Detailing, or Visualization). For example, the illustration below shows the Design workspace as it might appear after you have used a door tool to add a door object to a section of wall. 22 | Chapter 2 The Workspace The AutoCAD Architecture workspace Because the door is selected, its editing grips are visible, and because it is the only object currently selected, the Properties palette displays information specific to this door. The Properties palette and the other labeled components are also common to each of the other predefined workspaces. These and other workspace components are described individually in the following topics. The Menu Bar The menu bar of the drawing window provides the following pulldown menus, each of which includes a group of commands that support a particular aspect of the architectural workflow. Where applicable, menu options show alternate access methods, such as a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut. Menu File Contents ■ Drawing transmittal and publishing commands ■ Access to the Project Browser ■ Drawing utilities such as Audit, Recover, and Purge. Edit Standard Microsoft Windows editing commands, such as Copy and Paste The Menu Bar | 23 Menu View Contents ■ Commands that change the working view ■ Access to Keynote Display and Cameras Insert ■ General insertion commands for external files and file types ■ Access to DesignCenter and Detail Component Manager Format ■ Formatting commands for color, linetype, lineweight, and other graphic characteristics. ■ Access to tools for managing styles, layers, display system, structural members, schedule tags, blocks, and profiles. ■ Access to the Options dialog, where you can modify default settings for a wide range of system behaviors and characteristics Window ■ Standard window configuration tools such as Tile and Cascade ■ Access to Project Navigator, Markup Set Manager, Tool Palettes, and Properties Palette ■ Commands for adding other pulldown menus to the menu bar (see table below for descriptions) Help Access to the online Help, tutorials, and other resources to help you learn and use AutoCAD Architecture NOTE In AutoCAD Architecture Help and tutorials, instructions for selecting a particular pulldown or context menu option use this symbol ➤ to indicate any submenus in the path to that option. For example, the instruction for selecting the Sheet Keynotes option on the Keynote Display submenu of the View pulldown menu would be: Select View menu ➤ Keynote Display ➤ Sheet Keynotes. In addition to the standard pulldown menus described above, you can load any of the following pulldown menus by selecting them from the Window menu: Menu Contents Design Similar to the Design menu in previous versions of the software. Document Similar to the Documentation menu in previous versions of the software. CAD Manager Access to advanced features like AEC Project Standards, Tool Catalog Generator, Keynote Editor, VBA Manager, Visual Basic Editor, Visual LISP Editor, the Script command, and Visual Audit. When this menu is loaded, toolbars are available to provide quicker access to some of these features. To display them, right-click in the toolbar area (not on a toolbar), and click ADT_CAD_MANAGER ➤ AEC Project Standards or ADT_CAD_MANAGER ➤ CAD Manager. 3D Solids Access to the Convert to Solids and Convert to 3D Solids commands plus suites of commands for creating and editing solids. When this menu is loaded, toolbars with the corresponding commands are also available. To display them, right-click in the toolbar area (not on a toolbar), and click ADT_3DSOLIDS ➤ Solids or ADT_3DSOLIDS ➤ Solids Editing. 24 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Toolbars Toolbars in AutoCAD Architecture workspaces contain buttons that you click to initiate commands, change settings, or access other features that you might often need during a drawing session. The icon on a toolbar button indicates its function. To display a tooltip with the button name, you move the cursor over the button. This also displays a description of the button’s function at the lower-left corner of the workspace on the application status bar. Examples of frequently used toolbars By default, toolbars are displayed in the toolbar area just below the menu bar, but you can drag them into the drawing area or completely out of the drawing window if desired. Note that the title of the toolbar displays only when the toolbar is positioned outside of the toolbar area. You can also dock toolbars to an edge in the drawing area, hide them, resize them, or create your own. For detailed instructions on customizing the display of toolbars, see the Toolbars topic in the AutoCAD Help. The following toolbars are displayed in the toolbar area by default: ■ Workspaces ■ Standard ■ Navigation ■ Layer Properties ■ Shapes ■ Draw Order ■ Modify To display any of the others, right-click any toolbar currently on display, and click the name of the toolbar you want to see. Or you can right-click in the toolbar area (not on a toolbar), click ADT, and then click a toolbar name. Accessing the list of toolbars The following table lists and describes all of the available toolbars in AutoCAD Architecture. Toolbar Standard Contents Standard drawing commands like opening, saving, publishing, and printing drawings; also contains Copy, Paste, Undo, Regenerate Model, and the Object Inspect tool Toolbars | 25 Toolbar Contents Navigation Commands for opening the Content Browser, the Project Navigator Palette, the Tool Palettes Set, the Properties Palette, and DesignCenter; also contains flyout toolbars for Zoom, Views, UCS, and Shading Layer Properties, Layers II Commands to start the Layer Manager and change the status of a layer Shapes Commands for adding 2D AutoCAD objects like lines, arcs, polylines and splines; use these 2D shapes to help sketch out and convert to AEC objects or during edit-in-place operations of AEC objects 3D Orbit Commands for moving the model in 3D space Dimension Commands for working with AutoCAD dimensions Inquiry Commands for measuring distances, areas, and volumes; also contains the AutoCAD Point tool and the List command Mapping Commands for mapping materials Modify Standard commands for editing objects and linework; includes Copy, Erase, Move, Scale, Mirror, Offset, Array, Stretch, Trim, Extend, Break, Chamfer, Fillet, and Explode NOTE These commands are also available from the general context menu. Object Snap Commands for setting the Object Snap Properties Commands for changing color, linetype, lineweight, and linetype scale for an object Refedit Commands for working with external references in the drawing Render Light, Material, and Render commands Shading Commands for different shade modes UCS, UCS II Commands for setting and changing the UCS of the drawing View/Viewpoint Commands for switching between 2D and 3D views of the drawing Visual Styles Commands for specifying the visual styles displaying objects Workspaces Commands for working with workspaces Zoom Commands for zooming and panning the drawing Solids Commands for adding 3D solids to the drawing Solids Editing Commands for editing 3D solids Context Menus Context menus in AutoCAD Architecture function the same way as the shortcut menus described in the AutoCAD Help. Right-clicking in most areas of the workspace displays a context menu that contains commands appropriate to the cursor position at that time. For example, when you right-click in the toolbar area, the context menu lists all the available toolbars. When you right-click in the drawing area, the content of the context menu depends on the currently selected object(s). For example, if one or more wall objects are selected, a wall-specific context menu is displayed as shown. 26 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Wall context menu If more than one type of object is selected, the context menu includes only those commands that can be applied to all the selected objects. If no objects are selected, the general context menu is displayed as shown below. This menu contains non-object-specific commands, including the same commands available from the Modify toolbar. General drawing context menu Tool Palettes Tool palettes provide the main method for accessing tools to create objects in your model. You can have tools for standard objects as well as for objects with specific styles and properties. Tool palettes are organized by tool palette groups in a tool palettes set. You can create your own tool palettes, or you can copy existing tool palettes from the Content Browser. Tool Palettes | 27 Design tool palette with tools for standard design objects For more information, see “Working with Tool Palettes” on page 35. Properties Palette The Properties palette provides a central location to view and modify both the physical and graphical properties of an object you are about to draw, or of objects that are selected in the drawing area. Using the Extended Data tab of the Properties palette, you can also attach other kinds of information to an object, such as classifications, notes, reference documents, hyperlinks, and property set data. You typically keep the Properties palette open during an AutoCAD Architecture session. Wall Properties Palette For more information, see “The Properties Palette” on page 56. AutoCAD Dashboard The dashboard is a special palette that displays buttons and controls that are associated with a task-based workspace, and it is used primarily for 3D modeling, viewing, and rendering. The dashboard provides a single interface element for modeling and rendering operations. It eliminates the need to display many toolbars and reduces the clutter in the application window. Thus, you can maximize the area available for 3D work, and use a single interface for speed and convenience. The dashboard is organized into a series of control panels. Each control panel includes related tools and controls that are similar to the tools in toolbars and controls in dialog boxes. For more information, see “The Dashboard” in the AutoCAD help. 28 | Chapter 2 The Workspace The dashboard contains mainly AutoCAD-specific commands for 3D modelling, like settings for lighting, visual styles, and rendering. Drawing Window Status Bar Located at the bottom of the drawing area, the drawing window status bar displays status information about the current drawing and provides access to various commands that can be applied to the drawing as described below. ■ Open Drawing Menu: Click at the far left of the drawing window status bar to display a context menu of frequently used commands is displayed. These commands are also available from the standard pulldown menus as well. ■ Project Information: If the drawing is part of an AutoCAD Architecture project, this information includes the name of the project, and the type of file, such as View or Construct). For more information, see “Drawing Management” on page 149. ■ Annotation Scale: When working with viewports, you can select a new annotation scale for the current viewport from the drop-down list of available scales. Click to show annotative objects for all scales. Click automatically add scales to annotative objects when the annotation scale changes. to ■ Level of Detail: Shows the current display configuration of the active viewport and provides a drop-down list from which you can select another configuration. ■ Cut Plane: Identifies the global cut plane height for the active display configuration and provides access to a dialog that lets you adjust the setting. For more information, see “Global Cut Planes” on page 310. ■ Surface Hatch Toggle ( ■ Layer Key Overrides ( overrides on or off. ): Click to switch the display of surface hatching on or off. ): Click to display the Layer Key Overrides dialog, which lets you switch the layer key Drawing Window Status Bar | 29 ■ Isolate Objects ( ): Click the light bulb icon to hide or display objects you have selected in the drawing. For more information, see “Isolating Objects” on page 72. ■ AEC Project Standards: When a project is loaded, click here to synchronize or configure standards for the current project. ■ Manage Xrefs: Click to open the External References palette, where you can reload xrefs that are associated with your current drawing. ■ Missing Standards File(s): When applicable, this warning indicates that standards files are missing in the current drawing; you can then check settings for the standards and configure them as necessary. ■ Infobar Menu: A drop-down list of the settings and commands available for display on the drawing window status bar. Command Line You can directly enter commands using the command line located immediately below the drawing window status bar. To hide the command line,or to display it if it is currently hidden, click Window menu ➤ Command Line. Application Status Bar The application status bar contains settings valid for the whole drawing session in AutoCAD Architecture. Some settings, such as options for different elevations, only display if you are working within a project. For more information, see “The Project Status Bar” on page 202. The application status bar gives access to these settings: ■ Cursor coordinate values: Controls the coordinate format as either relative or absolute. ■ Snap: On/Off/Settings ■ Grid: On/Off/Settings ■ Ortho: On/Off ■ Polar Tracking: On/Off/Settings ■ Object Snap (OSnap): On/Off/Settings ■ Object Track (OTrack): On/Off/Settings ■ Dynamic UCS: With the dynamic UCS feature, you can temporarily and automatically align the XY plane of the UCS with a plane on a solid model while creating objects. ■ Dynamic Input (DYN): Toggles on or off dynamic input. You can specify how information displays as you enter the data. ■ Lineweight (LWT): On/Off/Settings ■ Model or Paper Space: Toggles between layouts. ■ Elevation: Select a level for the calculation of the elevation offset. ■ Elevation relative to construct’s level: Opens Elevation Offset worksheet to enter or pick the Z offset. ■ Replace Z value with current elevation: Toggles on or off, replacing the existing Z value with the current elevation. ■ Communication Center: On/Off/Settings ■ Drawing Status Bar Toggle: On/Off ■ Performance Tuner: The performance tuner examines your graphics card and 3D display driver and decides whether to use software or hardware implementation for features that support both. ■ Unlock Toolbar/Window positions: Here you can switch between docked windows and toolbars and floating windows and toolbars. 30 | Chapter 2 The Workspace ■ Clean Screen: Click to switch back and forth between the standard screen and a full screen. In full-screen mode, all toolbars and palettes (except the Tool Palettes) are hidden. Hidden palettes retain their current state. ■ Toolbar/Window Positions: Locks or unlocks floating and docked toolbars and palettes in place. ■ Application status bar drop-down list: You can select tray settings to display commands frequently used in the application status bar. To turn one of these components on or off, click its button. To change the settings for one of these components, right-click the button, and select Settings. Communication Center This in-product notification system keeps you up to date on service pack availability and provides information for Autodesk Subscription Program members, such as extension availability, product tips and tricks, and product support information. You can set the Communication Center to notify you of any updates or other important information at specified intervals. Alternatively, you can update on demand. When new updates are available, the Communication Center icon ( ) displays with a yellow exclamation mark. When you click the icon, the Communication Center is displayed, allowing you to download the latest updates. To specify the update properties, click the Communication Center icon, and click Settings. Communication Center dialog box Project Navigator Palette The Project Navigator palette is the central location to create, modify, and access AutoCAD Architecture project files. You typically have the Project Navigator palette open in the workspace while you work on a project. For more information, see “Drawing Management” on page 149. Project Navigator palette Changing Workspaces Workspaces are sets of menus, toolbars, and palettes that are grouped and organized so that you can work in a custom, task-oriented drawing environment. When you use a workspace, only the menus, toolbars, and palettes that are relevant to a task are displayed. In addition, several workspaces shipped with AutoCAD Architecture automatically display the Communication Center | 31 dashboard, a special palette with task-specific control panels. You can create your own workspaces and modify the default workspaces. For more information, see and “Create Task-Based Workspaces” in the AutoCAD help. Workspaces work with and complement the control over your drawing environment provided by profiles. Workspaces control the display of menus, toolbars, and palettes in the drawing area. When you use or switch a workspace, you change the display of your drawing area. You manage your workspaces from the Customize User Interface dialog box and from the Workspaces toolbar. Profiles save environment settings including many of your user options, drafting settings, paths, and other values. Profiles are updated each time you make a change to an option, setting, or other value. You can manage your profiles from the Options dialog box. For more information, see “Save and Restore Interface Settings (Profiles)” in the AutoCAD help. 1 Display the Workspaces toolbar in the drawing window. 2 If you want to use one of the workspaces shipped with AutoCAD Architecture, select one of the following from the drop-down menu. ■ Design (Provides all the basic tools for creating architectural objects in your drawings) ■ Document (Provides tools for adding schedule tables, annotations, callouts, and other documentation objects to your drawings) ■ Detailing (Provides tools for inserting a wide variety of predefined detail components, as well as tools for detail drafting) ■ Visualization (Includes all the tools available in the Design workspace as well as the dashboard palette, which provides tools for 3D modeling, viewing, and rendering) 3 To edit an existing workspace or create a new workspace, select Customize, and create and edit workspaces as described in “Customize Workspaces” in the AutoCAD Help. Working with Objects in the Workspace The AutoCAD Architecture workspace is where you add and manipulate the architectural objects that make up your drawings. Adding Objects You add objects to the drawing with tools. Tools generally have preset creation parameters called properties. When you click an object tool to add an object in the drawing, the Properties palette opens so that you can change properties for the new object if desired. If not, you can go ahead and place the object in the drawing. For more information, see “Tools” on page 44. 32 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Adding a wall to the drawing Tools are arranged on tool palettes for easy access. To open the tool palettes, click Tool Palettes on the Window menu. Modifying Objects You can modify an object using any of the following methods: ■ Properties palette: The Properties palette is the central location for entering and changing information about an object. This palette has categories that correspond to the tabs in the Properties dialog boxes from earlier releases of the software. For detailed information, see “The Properties Palette” on page 56. Modifying a wall with the Properties palette ■ Context menu: Right-click the object to display its available commands. Modifying Objects | 33 Wall context menu ■ Direct editing with grips: Commands for modifying objects are accessible from the object’s grips. Click an object in two-dimensional (2D) or three-dimensional (3D) view to display its grips. For detailed information about object grips, see “Direct Editing with Grips and Dynamic Dimensions” on page 60. Information about grip-editing is also covered in the individual object sections. Window grips for direct editing Selecting Similar Objects Use this procedure to create a selection set of objects on the same layer and that have the same style. You may want to select a number of objects that are on the same layer and that have the same style in order perform a global change. The QSELECT command allows a single selection criterion, like layer or style. With the Select Similar command, you can select objects on the same layer that have the same style. NOTE Block references are selected based on their layer and block definition. 34 | Chapter 2 The Workspace 1 Select the first object in the selection set. 2 Right-click, and click Select Similar. NOTE Alternatively, you can click Edit ➤ Select Similar, and then select the first object. As a shortcut, you can select the first object, and then press CTRL+SHIFT+A. Working with Tool Palettes Tool palettes provide instant access to a complete inventory of AutoCAD Architecture tools—such as walls, doors, and windows—in one consistent user interface. Highly visual, tool palettes include previews of styles. You can create custom tool palettes that address your specific design needs. For example, you can create a palette to store a list of commonly used curtain wall, stair, and window tools. Tool palette components Tool Palettes Set Tool palettes sets contain groups of tool palettes. You can rename the default tool palettes set or create a custom tool palettes set. Additionally, you can add, remove, and rearrange palettes and groups in the set. You can add tool palettes to the tool palettes set from a tool catalog. For example, you could create one tool palette set for imperial tools and another for metric tools. For more information, see “Specifying Different Tool Palettes for the Tool Palettes Set” on page 38. Only one tool palettes set can be active during an AutoCAD Architecture session, although you can specify different tool palettes for different user profiles. When that profile is used, the collected tool palettes will be combined into one tool palettes set. Tool Palettes Group A tool palettes group is a collection of tool palettes. Three tool palettes groups are available when you start AutoCAD Architecture: Design, Document, and Detailing. You can add, rename, remove, export, import, and rearrange tool palettes groups. Tool palettes groups are contained in the tool palettes set. For more information, see “Organize Tool Palettes” and “Save and Share Tool Palettes” in the AutoCAD Help. Working with Tool Palettes | 35 TIP The quickest way to locate and view an AutoCAD topic referenced in AutoCAD Architecture Help is to click the Search tab in the Help window, select the Search titles only option, and then copy and paste or type in the AutoCAD topic name, and click List Topics. Tool Palettes Tool palettes contain collections of tools and represent the individual tabs of a tool palettes group. A number of tool palettes are available from the AutoCAD Architecture Sample Palette catalog. You can create new tool palettes in AutoCAD Architecture or in the Content Browser. Usually you place tools on tool palettes according to tool type or design phase. For example, you could place your wall tools on a tool palette called “Walls” or your preliminary conceptual tools on a tool palette called “Massing Study.” When you create a tool palette in the Content Browser, you can link it to AutoCAD Architecture. Whenever the tool palette is updated in the Content Browser, the changes are updated in the tool palette in AutoCAD Architecture too. This is useful for large projects where consistency of styles and tools is necessary. For more information, see “Working with Tool Palettes from a Central Location” on page 42. Tools Tools represent the individual objects you can add to a drawing. A tool contains creation parameters for the object it creates. When you add an object with a specific tool, the object has the settings you defined in the tool. This eases the design process and enhances consistency across a project. For example, you might define a wall tool that contains the style “CMU 8 Furring” and that has automatic cleanup and a baseline offset of 1". Whenever you add a wall with this tool, the wall has the style “CMU 8 Furring,” it cleans up automatically, and it has an offset of 1". For more information, see “Tools” on page 44. Tool Palettes and the Content Browser When multiple users are working on a large project, consistency of tools is especially important. Typically, the objects for the project and their styles and properties are set up by a CAD manager or system administrator, and then distributed to the team. The administrator can put tools and palettes in a central location in the Content Browser and link them to each user’s computer. Whenever the tools or palettes are updated in the Content Browser, they are updated on the users’ computers too. For more information, see “Understanding the Content Browser” on page 80 and “Working with Tools from a Central Location” on page 52. Project Tool Palettes When you are working with an AutoCAD Architecture project, you can design and associate a project tool palette group to the project. The project tool palettes contain the tools used in the project, and can be based on project standards. For detailed information about setting up project tool palettes, see “Setting up Standard Tools in a Project” on page 345. Opening the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to open the tool palettes set. ■ On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. Alternatively, you can click Tool palettes set with tool palettes 36 | Chapter 2 The Workspace on the Navigation toolbar, or press CTRL+3. Controlling the Appearance of the Tool Palettes Set Typically, the tool palettes set remains open during the AutoCAD Architecture session. It is the central location from which you add objects to the drawing and start object-related commands. A number of user-definable display options let you optimally integrate the tool palettes with your workspace. Docking the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to dock the tool palettes set on the left or right side of your workspace. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click Allow Docking. 2 Position the cursor over the title bar, and drag the tool palettes set to one side of your workspace. A preview graphic shows the new position of the tool palettes set. 3 Release the tool palettes set when it is in the location you want. Hiding the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to hide the tool palettes set when it is not in use. The tool palettes set becomes hidden when you move the cursor away from it, leaving only the title bar visible. When you move the cursor over the title bar, the tool palettes set is re-displayed. Tool palettes set hidden (left) and re-displayed (right) 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click (Auto-hide). The tool palettes set is hidden, except for the title bar. 2 To re-display the tool palettes set, move the cursor over the title bar. Adjusting the Transparency of the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to adjust the transparency of the tool palettes set. The more transparent the tool palettes set, the more easily you can see objects in your drawing underneath it. NOTE Transparency is not available if hardware acceleration is enabled. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click Transparency. 2 To adjust the transparency of the tool palettes set, move the slider. 3 To turn off transparency, select Turn off window transparency. 4 Click OK. Renaming the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to rename the tool palettes set. You may want to name it with a project or company name. Controlling the Appearance of the Tool Palettes Set | 37 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click Rename Palette Set. 2 Enter a name for the tool palettes set, and press ENTER. Specifying Different Tool Palettes for the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to switch between different palette combinations in the tool palettes set. Only one tool palettes set can be active during an AutoCAD Architecture session. You can, however, set different tool palettes for different user profiles. You do this by collecting tool palettes from several locations (paths) in a profile and letting the workspace combine them into one tool palettes set. 1 On the Format menu, click Options. 2 Define the tool palettes used for the current session: ■ If you have created a workspace profile containing a tool palettes path, click the Profiles tab, select the desired profile, and click Set Current. ■ If you have not created a workspace profile, click the Files tab, and click the Tool Palettes File Location entry. Then click Browse, and browse for a folder containing the desired tool palette. Add paths to all additional tool palettes to be included in the tool palettes set of this profile. 3 Click OK. Creating a New Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to create a new tool palettes set. 1 Create a folder in which you will create the new tool palettes set. The default tool palettes set is in \Documents and Settings\ \Application Data\Autodesk\ACD-A 2008\enu\Support\WorkspaceCatalog (Imperial/Metric). 2 On the Format menu, click Options. 3 Click the Profiles tab. 4 Click Add to List, and create a profile to contain the new tool palettes set; for example, “Design - Metric Palette Set.” 5 Select the new profile, and click Set Current. 6 Click the Files tab. 7 Under Tool Palettes File Locations, select the support path for the previously defined folder in which you will create the new tool palettes set. NOTE If you point to a folder already containing a tool palettes set, a new tool palettes set is not created; instead, the existing tool palettes set is used in the profile. 8 Click OK. In the AutoCAD Architecture workspace, an empty tool palettes set is displayed. 38 | Chapter 2 The Workspace New tool palettes set 9 To rename the tool palettes set, click , and then click Rename Palette Set. 10 Add tool palettes and tools to the new set: If you want to… Then… add a new empty tool palette see “Creating a New Tool Palette” on page 40. add a tool palette from the Content Browser see “Adding a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 43. add a tool to a palette see “Creating a Tool from an Object in the Drawing” on page 49. The changes you make are saved to the tool palettes set in the new profile you created. To revert back to your original tool palettes set, select your original profile in the Options dialog box. Creating a New Tool Palettes Group Use this procedure to create a new tool palettes group. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click Customize Tool Palettes. 2 Select a palette group, right-click, and click New Group. 3 Enter a name for the new group, and press ENTER. 4 Drag the new group folder to the correct position in the tree structure. Creating a New Tool Palettes Group | 39 5 Select a tool palette from the left pane for the new tool palettes group, and drag it into the new group folder. 6 Click Close. TIP The Customize dialog can be very useful for adding palettes to project palette groups. For more information, see “Displaying the Project Tool Palette Group” on page 353. Creating a New Tool Palette Use this procedure to add an empty tool palette to your tool palettes set. After creating the tool palette, you can add tools to it. For more information, see “Tools” on page 44. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click New Palette. 2 Enter a name for the new tool palette, and press ENTER. Defining the Appearance of Tool Palettes Use this procedure to define the appearance of individual tool palettes. The display of the tool palettes depends on the settings you specify for the overall tool palettes set, (as described in “Controlling the Appearance of the Tool Palettes Set” on page 37), and the settings you specify for individual tool palettes. In the tool palettes set, you specify the transparency, size, position, and auto-hide of the tool palettes set. On the tool palette, you specify the size of tool images and their arrangement on the tool palette. Tool palettes with different sized icons displayed When you change tool images to a smaller size, you can display more tools on a tool palette. This might become important if you display different palettes at the same time, such as the Properties palette or the Project Navigator palette. To save space, you can also display tool images without tool text below them. This method is best suited when the icons for your tools are easy to differentiate. If the icon alone proves insufficient to identify a tool, the tooltip for each icon provides additional guidance. 40 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Icon-only display on the tool palette You can also display tools in a single column on the tool palette. When you are using a single-column list, tool texts is always displayed. Tool palette in list view 1 Open the tool palette that you want to change. 2 Right-click the palette, and click View Options. 3 In the View Options worksheet, select the desired View style: If you want to… Then… view only tool icons select Icon only for View style. view tool icons and tool text select Icon with text for View style. view tool icons and tool text in a single column list select List view for View style. 4 To apply these changes to all palettes in the tool palettes set, select All Palettes for Apply to. 5 Click OK. Defining the Appearance of Tool Palettes | 41 Adding Text and Separator Lines to Tool Palettes Use this procedure to add separator lines and text to a tool palette. Separator lines can be useful if you want to create subdivisions on a tool palette containing many tools. To annotate a separator line, you can insert a text element. 1 Open the tool palette to which you want to add separator lines and text. 2 Right-click in the palette between the tools where the separator should go, and click Add Separator. A separator line is inserted between the tools. 3 To add text above the separator line, right-click either to the right of the last tool before the separator line, or to the left of the separator line itself, and click Add Text. 4 Enter the text you want to display above the separator line, and press ENTER. 5 To edit the text, select the text item, right-click, and click Rename. Then, edit the text as necessary. 6 To delete a separator line or a text annotation, select the separator line or text, right-click, and click Delete. Working with Tool Palettes from a Central Location When multiple users are working on a large project, consistency of tools is especially important. Typically, the objects for the project and their styles and properties are set up by a CAD manager or system administrator, and then distributed to the team. The administrator can put tools and palettes in a central location in the Content Browser and link them to each user’s computer. Whenever the tools or palettes are updated in the Content Browser, they are updated on the users’ computers too. For more information, see “Understanding the Content Browser” on page 80. Using tool palettes from the Content Browser TIP If you are working with an AutoCAD Architecture project, you can generate a tool catalog based on the standard styles of the project. For more information, see “Creating a Tool Catalog for a Project” on page 347. 42 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Adding a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser Use this procedure to link a tool palette from a tool catalog in the Content Browser to the tool palettes set in AutoCAD Architecture. For information on creating tool palettes in the Content Browser, see “Adding Content to a Tool Catalog” on page 94. 1 On the Window menu, click Content Browser. Alternatively, you can click on the Navigation toolbar, or press CTRL+4. 2 Select the tool catalog containing the tool palette you want to copy, right-click, and click Properties. 3 Select Link items when added to workspace, and click OK. 4 Open the tool catalog, and navigate to the tool palette. 5 Move the pointer over the i-drop® icon next to the tool palette so that the pointer image changes to an eyedropper ( ). To copy multiple tool palettes, press and hold CTRL while clicking each palette; then position the eyedropper over any of the selected palettes. 6 Drag the palette to the tool palettes set in the AutoCAD Architecture workspace. The tool palette is dropped into the tool palettes set. 7 Right-click on the palette, and click Properties. The text below the check box displays the name of the catalog in the Content Browser from which the palette is updated. If you click that name, it opens the catalog from which the tool palette was linked. 8 Select or clear Enable Auto-Refresh: If you want to… Then… automatically update the linked tool palette from the Content Browser when starting AutoCAD Architecture select Enable Auto-Refresh. update the linked tool palette manually with one of the methods described in “Updating a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 44 clear Enable Auto-Refresh. The name of the tool palette in the Content Browser (from which the selected tool palette is updated) is displayed under Name. 9 Click OK. Working with Tool Palettes from a Central Location | 43 Updating a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser Use this procedure to update a linked tool palette in the tool palettes set from its source tool catalog in the Content Browser. 1 Link a tool palette from a catalog in the Content Browser to the tool palettes set, as described in “Adding a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 43. When a tool palette is linked to the tool palettes set from a catalog in the Content Browser, a Refresh button is displayed at the bottom of the palette. 2 Click the Refresh button to update your local tool palette with the latest changes from the catalog in the Content Browser. Alternatively, you can right-click the palette, and click Refresh Palette. NOTE You can also update the whole palette set by clicking in the tool palettes set, and then clicking Refresh Palette Set. This command updates all linked tool palettes in the tool palettes set. Tools Tools represent the individual objects you can add to a drawing. A tool contains creation parameters for the object it represents. When you add an object with a specific tool, the object has the settings you defined in the tool. This eases the design process and enhances consistency across a project. For example, you might define a wall tool that contains the style “CMU 8 Furring” and has automatic cleanup and a baseline offset of 1". Whenever you add a wall with this wall tool, the wall has the style “CMU 8 Furring,” it cleans up automatically, and it has an offset of 1". Standard object tools Based on the tool type, some general properties you can define may include: ■ Tool name 44 | Chapter 2 The Workspace ■ Tool description (also used as the tooltip and as the tool description when the tool is copied to a tool catalog in the Content Browser) ■ Description of objects inserted with this tool ■ Layer key of objects inserted with this tool ■ Layer overrides of objects inserted with this tool ■ Object style ■ Location of object style In addition, you can define object-specific properties that apply to this tool type. For example, if you create a wall tool, you can set the wall cleanup, width, height, baseline settings, and the roof/floor lines of walls that are inserted with this tool. Style Location Object styles are now located in Styles drawings, rather than in templates as in earlier releases. To assign a style to an object tool, you can either point to a style in the current drawing or to a style in an external drawing. For more information, see “Styles and Support Files” on page 76. Tool Types Tools in AutoCAD Architecture fall into 3 categories. Tool Category Description Object tools An object tool inserts a design object—such as a wall or a window assembly—into a drawing. An object tool has a specific style and specific object properties: for example, a wall tool might have the style “Brick-4 Brick-4.” Command tools Command tools are a graphical representation of an object-related command. For example, the Browse Property Data tool opens a dialog box for browsing the property data of all objects in a drawing; the Renumber Data tool renumbers property data in selected property sets by increment or by a user-defined number. You can also create your own tools for each command. An AutoCAD general-purpose command tool lets you associate any command or macro. For commands that create an object, you can also assign basic AutoCAD object properties. For a list of available AutoCAD Architecture command tools, see “Creating a Command Tool” on page 51. AEC Content tools You can create tools for frequently used AEC Content items that were created with the AEC Content Wizard. For more information, see “Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter” on page 50. Project Standard Tools When you are working with an AutoCAD Architecture project, you can set up standard styles that are updated and synchronized throughout the project lifecycle. For more information, see “Setting up Standards in a Project” on page 336. Creating an Object with a Tool Use this procedure to create an object with a tool. Creating an Object with a Tool | 45 1 On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. 2 Click the tool palette that contains the tool for the object you want to insert. For example, if you want to insert a bifold double door, click the Doors palette, and navigate to the Bifold Double Door tool. 3 Click the tool. 4 On the Properties palette, enter any changes you want to make to the default. NOTE Certain values can be set only when inserting the object; for example, the position of a door along the wall into which it is inserted can be defined only when inserting the door. You cannot change the position later for an existing door. Values that can be set only during insertion are marked with this symbol Properties palette. on the 5 Click in the drawing where you want to insert the object. 6 Follow any additional prompts as required to insert the objects in the drawing, and then press ENTER. Changing the Tool Properties Use this procedure to change the properties of a tool on a tool palette. You can set these general properties for an object tool: ■ Tool name ■ Tool description (also used as the tooltip and as the tool description when the copied to a tool catalog in the Content Browser) ■ Description of objects inserted with this tool ■ Layer key of objects inserted with this tool ■ Layer overrides of objects inserted with this tool ■ Object style (if the tool is style-based) ■ Location of object style (if the tool is style-based) In addition, you can define object-specific properties that apply to this object type. For example, if you create a wall tool, you can set the wall cleanup, width, height, baseline settings, and the roof/floor lines for all walls inserted with this tool. 46 | Chapter 2 The Workspace 1 On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. 2 Click a tool palette. 3 Select the tool, right-click, and click Properties. 4 Enter a name for the tool. 5 Click the setting for Description, enter a description of the tool, and click OK. 6 Expand Basic, and expand General. 7 Enter a description of the objects that you can create using this tool. 8 Specify a layer key and any layer key overrides; otherwise, the layer assignments specified in the layer key style in the drawing are used. 9 Click Browse for Style location, if the location is other than the current drawing to select an object style. 10 Add object-specific properties. NOTE When you click a property to enter a value, the value underneath the current property is hidden and the property field is highlighted. Enter a value for the current property in the appropriate location. 11 Click OK. Changing a Tool Icon Use this procedure to change the icon of a tool. A new tool is inserted with either the icon of the tool it was copied from or with a default icon. You can change the icon by selecting a new one from an image file or from an object in the drawing. You can also choose to display the icon as simple monochrome linework. Changing the tool icon Changing a Tool Icon | 47 You can use the following image formats for tool icons: ■ PNG ■ GIF ■ JPG ■ BMP ■ TIFF NOTE PNG is the recommended image format for tool icons. Icons in the tool palettes can have a maximum size of 64 x 64 pixels. Larger images are scaled when inserted. In the tool itself, you can only define the tool icon. To change the display size of the tool on the palette, see “Defining the Appearance of Tool Palettes” on page 40. 1 On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. 2 Click the tool palette that contains the tool for which you want to select a new icon. 3 Select the tool, right-click, and click Properties. 4 On the Tool Properties worksheet, right-click the existing icon, and click Specify Image. 5 In the Select Image File dialog box, select the image you want to use as a tool icon, and click Open. 6 Click OK. 7 To display a tool as simple monochrome linework, on the Tool Properties worksheet, right-click the existing icon, and click Monochrome. The monochrome option is not available for all tools. To create an icon from an object in the drawing, select the tool in the tool palette, right-click, and Set Image from Selection. Then select the object in the drawing you want to use as a tool icon, and press ENTER. The tool icon is created with the last-used view direction and display configuration set in the viewer of the properties of this tool type. For example, if the tool viewer of the last-used wall is set to Top view and the Medium Detail display configuration, any wall you select in the drawing as a tool icon is displayed in Top view and with the Medium Detail display configuration. You cannot create icons from objects that contain custom blocks, curtain walls, or door/window assemblies with nested styles. If you need to create an icon based on a custom block, specify an external image. Refreshing a Tool Icon Use this procedure to refresh a tool icon after editing the viewer settings of the tool. 1 On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. 2 Click the tool palette that contains the tool icon you want to refresh. 3 Select the tool, right-click, and click Properties. 4 On the Tool Properties worksheet, change the Viewer settings of the tool. For example, switch from a SW Isometric view to a Top view. 48 | Chapter 2 The Workspace 5 Right-click the existing icon, and click Refresh Image. 6 Click OK. Creating a Tool from an Object in the Drawing Use this procedure to create a tool from an object in the drawing. You can create only object tools with this method. For information on creating command tools, see “Creating a Command Tool” on page 51. Creating a tool from an object in the drawing 1 Create an object with the appropriate style and properties in the drawing. IMPORTANT The drawing containing the style should be saved to a location where it will be available in the future. Otherwise, the tool will not be able to access the style, and will revert to the Standard style. 2 Open the tool palette where you want to create the new tool. 3 Select the object, and drag it to the tool palette. 4 Define additional properties for the tool, if necessary. For more information, see “Changing the Tool Properties” on page 46. Copying a Tool from a Tool Palette Use this procedure to copy a tool from one tool palette to another. 1 Open the tool palette that contains the tool you want to copy. 2 Select the tool, right-click, and click Copy. 3 Open the tool palette onto which you want to copy the tool, right-click, and click Paste. 4 Change the properties of the tool, if necessary. For more information, see “Changing the Tool Properties” on page 46. Creating a Tool from the Style Manager Use this procedure to create a tool from a style in the Style Manager. Creating a Tool from an Object in the Drawing | 49 Creating a tool from the Style Manager 1 Open the tool palette where you want to create the new tool. 2 On the Format menu, click Style Manager, and navigate to the style you want to use. For example, if you want to create a wall tool with the Demolition style, expand Wall Styles, and select the Demolition style. 3 Drag the style to the tool palette. A new tool with the selected style is inserted in the tool palette. 4 Click OK to close the Style Manager. 5 Define additional properties for the tool in the tool palette, if necessary. For more information, see “Changing the Tool Properties” on page 46. Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter Use this procedure to create a tool on a tool palette from an AEC Content item in DesignCenter. NOTE You can also create tools from blocks in DesignCenter, but they have slightly different tool options. You can drag and drop AEC content items from a DesignCenter folder to a tool palette. For more information on creating AEC Content, see “Adding AEC Content to Drawings” on page 2118. AutoCAD Architecture provides the Design Tool Catalog and the Documentation Tool Catalog in the Content Browser. These catalogs already have tools set up for predefined AEC Content and sample object styles. The catalogs are available for both metric and imperial units. 50 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Creating a tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter 1 Open the tool palette where you want to create the new tool. 2 On the Insert menu, click DesignCenter, and navigate to the AEC Content item from which you want to create a tool. 3 Drag the item to the tool palette. A new tool is inserted on the tool palette. To change the icon of the new tool, see “Changing a Tool Icon” on page 47. NOTE An AEC Content tool uses the last-used Viewer settings of this tool type to generate the tool icon. If the last-used Viewer setting is Gouraud 3D view, and the user creates a tool from a 2D AEC Content item, the tool icon will be invisible. In this case, you need to change the Viewer setting of the tool to a Top view, and wireframe. 4 Define additional properties for the tool, if necessary. For more information, see “Changing the Tool Properties” on page 46. Creating a Command Tool Use this procedure to create a tool for a command in AutoCAD Architecture. Command tools are a graphical representation of an object-related command. For example, the Browse Property Data tool opens a dialog box for browsing the property data of all objects in a drawing; the Renumber Data tool renumbers property data in selected property sets by increment or by a user-defined number. You can also create your own tools for each command. An AutoCAD general-purpose command tool lets you associate any command or macro. For commands that create an object, you can also assign basic AutoCAD object properties. You can either copy an existing command tool from a tool palette and change the command, or use the Command Tool or Command Tool with Properties from the Stock Tool Catalog in the Content Browser. Creating a Command Tool | 51 Command tool properties 1 Place a copy of a command tool on another tool palette: If you want to… Then… copy an existing command tool from a tool palette navigate to the tool palette, right-click the command tool, and click Copy. Then navigate to the tool palette on which to insert the new command tool, right-click, and click Paste. use a command tool from the Stock Tool Catalog open the Content Browser, and navigate to Stock Tool Catalog ➤ Helper Tools. Move the pointer over the i-drop icon next to one of the command tools, and drag the tool to the tool palette. 2 Select the command tool, right-click, and click Properties. 3 For Command, enter the command to be initiated when starting the tool. 4 Click OK. Working with Tools from a Central Location You can use the Content Browser to store and organize catalog tools in a central location. A number of stock tools are available in the AutoCAD Architecture Stock Tool Catalog. Additionally, sample catalogs contain tools with styles from the Styles drawings. You can copy these tools to a tool palette and modify them. You can also create your own tool palettes and tools in a catalog in the Content Browser, copy them to a tool palette, and retain the link from the Content Browser to the tool palette. In this case, the tool is refreshed on the tool palette when it is modified in the catalog in the Content Browser. NOTE If you want to link a complete tool palette from the Content Browser to AutoCAD Architecture, see “Adding a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 43. Linking a Tool from a Catalog in the Content Browser Use this procedure to link a tool from a catalog in the Content Browser to a tool palette in AutoCAD Architecture. 52 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Linking a tool from a catalog in the Content Browser 1 Open the tool palette on which you want to place a tool from the Content Browser. 2 On the Window menu, click Content Browser, and navigate to the tool palette or category in the tool catalog that contains the tool you want to copy. For more information, see “Searching for Items in a Tool Catalog” on page 93. 3 Move the pointer over the i-drop icon next to the tool, so that the pointer image changes to an eyedropper ( ). To copy multiple tools, press and hold CTRL while clicking each tool; then position the eyedropper over any of the selected tools. You can also select all the tools in the current category by right-clicking, and clicking Select All. 4 Drag the eyedropper to a tool palette in the tool palettes set. 5 To refresh the tool, select it, right-click, and click Refresh Tool. Alternatively, you can select the tool in the tool palette, right-click, and click Properties. Then select Refresh from on the Properties worksheet. Working with Tools from a Central Location | 53 Updating a tool from the Properties worksheet NOTE When you select Refresh from, all tool properties on the worksheet are set to read-only. Properties for this tool must be changed in the Content Browser. 6 Click OK. Updating a Tool in AutoCAD Architecture from the Content Browser Use this procedure to update a tool in a tool palette that has a link to the Content Browser. NOTE You cannot change and update tools from the Stock Tool Catalog in the Content Browser. Those tools are read-only. 1 Open the tool palette that contains the tool you want to update. 2 Select the tool, right-click, and click Refresh Tool. Updating a Tool in the Content Browser from a Linked Tool in AutoCAD Architecture Use this procedure to update a tool in a catalog in the Content Browser with the properties of a linked tool from AutoCAD Architecture. For example, perhaps you have a tool in the Content Browser that adds a Box mass element of 3 x 3 x 3 meters. You want to change the tool so that it adds a Box mass element of 4 x 4 x 4 meters. You would first link the mass element tool from the Content Browser to a tool palette in AutoCAD Architecture. Then, temporarily deactivate the link and change the dimension properties of the tool to 4 x 4 x 4 meters. Next, copy the tool back to the Content Browser. The Content Browser catalog is updated with the new tool properties. Finally, reactivate the link from the Content Browser tool to the AutoCAD Architecture palette. 1 Link a tool from a catalog in the Content Browser to a tool palette as described in “Linking a Tool from a Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 52. 2 Select the tool in the tool palette, right-click, and click Properties. 3 On the Tool Properties worksheet, clear Refresh from. The tool properties can now be edited. 4 Make the necessary changes to the tool properties. 54 | Chapter 2 The Workspace 5 Click OK. 6 Select the tool in the tool palette, and copy it to its original location in the Content Browser catalog. NOTE You can copy a tool to a catalog in the Content Browser using the Copy and Paste commands from the context menu, or by dragging the tool onto the Content Browser icon in the Windows task bar. To select multiple tools in a tool palette, use CTRL-A to select all or drag while holding the CTRL key to create a selection window. 7 Click Yes when prompted to overwrite the previous version of the tool. 8 If you want to refresh the tool in the AutoCAD Architecture tool palette from the new version stored in the Content Browser, go back to the AutoCAD Architecture tool, right-click, and on the Tool Properties worksheet, reactivate Refresh from. Removing the Link of a Tool to a Catalog in the Content Browser Use this procedure to permanently remove the link of a tool to its source tool in the Content Browser. NOTE This action cannot be undone. 1 Open the tool palette that contains the tool you want to unlink from a catalog in the Content Browser. 2 Select the tool, right-click, and click Remove Catalog Link. Applying the Properties of a Tool to an Existing Object Use this procedure to apply the properties of a tool to an existing object. You can apply the properties of a tool to an existing object in two ways: ■ Apply the properties of a tool to an object of the same type: For example, apply the properties of a wall tool to an existing wall. All object tools have this functionality. In earlier releases of the software, you used the Match command to do this. ■ Apply the properties of a tool to a different object type: Using this method, you convert the object to an object of the same type as the tool. For example, when you apply the properties of a wall tool to a polyline, the polyline is converted to a wall with the settings defined in the wall tool. Depending on their type, various object tool types may have commands for converting other objects. For detailed information, see the chapters for the individual objects. 1 Open the tool palette that contains the tool with the properties you want to apply to a different object. 2 Select the tool, and right-click. 3 Define the object type to which to apply the tool properties: if you want to… Then… apply the properties of the tool to an object of the same type click Apply Tool Properties to